1-26 1

6
-2Quality 1- 26
3-0 0 3-0
Changes The World
02 02 3- 02
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

202 3-0
1-26 Wheel loader 2 02 3-0
1-26
202 3-0
1- 26

_d _d _d
do do do
gui SYL956H5 gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2 202
Operation and Maintenance Manual 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1
 1-26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2 -
 1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SYL956H5 Wheel Loader

1-26
Operation 6
and Maintenance
1-2
Manual 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Please read and abide by the safety matters and use instruction in this manual and on the
machine label.6Otherwise, it will result in serious harm, death
1 - 2 1 - 26 or property loss. Please keep this 6
-2
3-0
manual together with the machine for the convenience-0 of inquiry.
3 -01
3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

- 1
 1-26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2 -
 1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 d 2 Machinery Co., Ltd. 2
_d Shanghai SANY_Heavy _d
do ido ido
gui gu Xinyang Highway, Fengxian District,guShanghai
SANY Industrial Park, No. 1831,
Post code: 201413
http://www.sany.com.cn
Sales hotline: 021-57001111
After-sales service hotline: 4008 28 2318
Consultation & complaints telephone: 4008 28 2333

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Due to constant updating of technologies and products, alteration of materials and technical
specification shall be made without further notice. Copyright © 2013SANY, without written approval
of SANY Group, this manual shall not be arbitrarily reprinted, spread, sold or altered.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1
 1-26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2 -
 6 26 26
Division-01of-2 respnsibilities 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 02 3-0
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
u
g Special statement gui gui
Wheel loader is a multi-functional earthwork construction machine, and is mainly used for loading
earthwork. Besides, it could also be used for bulldozing, hoisting, traction and other operations,
and is widely used in highway and railway and other road construction, bridge construction, urban
construction, airport and port and water conservancy construction. The loader has functions both
of bulldozer and crane, and could substitute them in working. Other purposes beyond the stipu-
lated purposes are not within the use scope. As for the consequence resulted from not using ac-
cording to stipulated purpose, SANY will undertake no liability.

As for the bad

0 1 -26consequence resulted from the following
0 1 -26 conditions, SANY will undertake01no
-26
liability: 23- 23- 23-
0 0 0
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
d•o The consequence resulted from notuaccurately
do doinformation in
gui this manual. g i gui
using the loader according to the

• The consequence resulted from refitting or modifying of the loader under the condition of not
being authorized.
• Equipment damage or accident resulted from not using genuine SANY parts but using untested
or unauthorized parts and tools.
• As for equipment failure or damage resulted from natural disasters (earthquake, typhoon, etc.)
and wars and other force majeure, SANY will undertake no liability.

It’s impossible for SANY to foresee all dangers which may occur on the operation site, therefore,
operators and 26
1-customers 1-2
6 to safety problems.
of the loader must pay high attention 1-2
6
3- 0 3- 0 3- 0
202 202 202
o _d
Different using areas and local governmentalddepartments of the loader may also haved more strict
_ _
u i doperating stipulations, in case this manual
u i do is in conflict with these safety operating
u i do stipulations,
g g g
these more strict safety operating stipulations shall prevail.

Responsibility of SANY manufacturer

• Only through sufficient training and having fully understood contents of illustrated book of sup-
porting parts of the loader as well as its operation and maintenance manual, could relevant staff
operate and maintain the loader.
• Confirming that operating and maintaining staff of the loader are qualified to be competent for
the work and know relevant responsibilities.
• Checking safety
0 1 -26 consciousness of relevant staff during
0 1
6 work regularly.
-2the 1- 26
023
• Stopping - the loader immediately in case of any2failure
0 3
- affecting safety.
02 3-0
d 2 2 d 2 when
• _SANY _d relevant safety check toward
service staff is entitled to conduct the _loader
do necessary. do do
gui gui gui
• Except for checks stipulated by SANY, relevant checks should also be conducted toward the
loader according to relevant laws and regulations of the using countries and regions.
- 1
 - 26 26 26
• Ensuring timely
3 01-made.
-01 maintenance and repair of the loader -are
3 3-0
1-
• 02 planning of the loader carefully and consciously.
Making2use 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gResponsibility of all operating staff gui gui
• In case of any abnormal phenomenon which may cause abnormal operation of the loader or has
potential risk, report to the supervisor timely and rectify the abnormal condition timely if possible.
• All staff working around the loader must abide by all warning signals, and should be on alert of
safety of themselves and others.
• All operating staff should understand contents and procedures of the operating project.
• Pay attention to whether there is dangerous condition, and report the danger warning to the op-
erating staff and signal staff timely. Such as high-tension cable, irrelevant staff, and poor ground
condition, etc.
1- 26 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 of management staff
Responsibility 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido that upon training, the operatinggustaff
g•uEnsure ido fully understand contents of operation do
gui and mainte-
nance manual provided by SANY, and they are healthy and have operation certificate, other-
wise, they are not allowed to operate the loader.
• Ensure that the operating staff have good judging ability, cooperative consciousness and psy-
chological quality, otherwise, they are not allowed to operate or maintain the loader.
• Ensure that the signal staff are equipped with good visual and auditory judging ability, could
grasp standard commanding signals and give clear and accurate signals, at the same time, they
should have sufficient experience in identifying risk factors, and could inform the operating staff
of timely avoidance.
6 6 26
• 1-2assisting staff could accurately confirm
Ensure that the 1-2model and working condition of the 1-
3-0
02 could select the loader appropriately. 3-0 3-0
202 202
loader, and
d 2 d d
_
• Distribute _ operating staff of the project, and require_ them
do do do
relevant safety responsibility to every
u i u i
g to report unsafe factors to the supervisorg timely. g u i

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2 -
 Table of Contents

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26

d2
02 3-0 Table ofd 20Contents
2 3-0
2 02 3-0
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Profile......................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Safety information .................................................................................................................1-4
1.3 Page instruction.....................................................................................................................1-6
1.4 Product information...............................................................................................................1-7
1.4.1 .........................................................................................................................................1-7
1.4.2 .........................................................................................................................................1-7

-26 -26 -26

2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
1 1 1
2 3
2.1 Foreword -0 ................................................................................................................................2-5
2 3 -0 2 3 -0
20 Messages...................................................................................................................2-6
dSafety d2
0
d2
0
_
2.2 _ _
do do do
gui 2.2.1 Safety Messages ..........................................................................................................2-6
gui gui
2.2.2 Hazard alert wording....................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3 Other alert wording.......................................................................................................2-7
2.2.4 Safety decals.................................................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.1 Safety decals .........................................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.2 Textual safety decals ............................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.3 Graphical safety decals........................................................................................2-9
2.2.5 Safety decal locations..................................................................................................2-9
2.2.6 Safety decal description ........................................................................................... 2-12
2.3 General 0 1 -26 1 -26
Precautions..........................................................................................................
0 1
2-14
0 -26
- - -
023Safety rules.................................................................................................................
2.3.1
2 2 023 2 023 2-14
d d d
i d o_ 2.3.2 Abnormal cases .........................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-14
g u g u
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment................................................................................ g u 2-15
2.3.4 Fire extinguisher and f rst aid kit.............................................................................. 2-15
2.3.5 Safety equipment....................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.6 ...................................................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.7 Keeping cab clean..................................................................................................... 2-17
2.3.8 Handholds and steps .............................................................................................. 2-17
2.3.9 Elevated work............................................................................................................. 2-18
2.3.10 No sitting on attachment ........................................................................................ 2-18
2.3.11 Articulated parts....................................................................................................... 2-18 6
- 26 - 26 2
0 1
2.3.12-Prevention -0 1
of burns and scalds............................................................................. 01-
-2-19
2 023
2.3.12.1 2 023 2 023 2-19
Hot coolant........................................................................................................
d d d
i d o_ 2.3.12.2 Hot oil.................................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-19
gu gu gu
2.3.13 Fire and explosion hazard...................................................................................... 2-20
2.3.13.1 Fire caused by fuel or oils ............................................................................... 2-20

- I
 Table of Contents

6 6 6
- 1-2 caused by f ammable materials .............................................................
2.3.13.2 0Fire
- 0 1-2 2-2001-2
-
2 023 Fire caused by electric lines ...........................................................................
2.3.13.3 2 023 2 023
2-20
_d _d _d
gu ido2.3.13.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines
ido .......................................................................
gu ido 2-21 gu
2.3.13.5 Fire caused by illumination equip-ment ........................................................ 2-21
2.3.13.6 Fire caused by heat shield.............................................................................. 2-21
2.3.14 In the event of fire.................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.15 Windshield cleaning detergent .............................................................................. 2-21
2.3.16 Ejecting parts ........................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.17 Falling object protection ......................................................................................... 2-22
2.3.18 Attachment installation ........................................................................................... 2-22
2.3.19 Cab windows glasses ............................................................................................. 2-23

0 1 -26
2.3.20 Unauthorized
0 1 -26
modification ..................................................................................... 2-23 26
01-
3 -
2.3.21 Worksite
2 3 -
investigation............................................................................................. 3
2-23 -
d
2.3.2220Operation on loose ground d 202 d
....................................................................................
02
22-24
i o_ Overhead power cables .........................................................................................
d2.3.23 i do
_
i
_
do 2-24
g u g u g u
2.3.24 Visibility ..................................................................................................................... 2-25
2.3.25 Ventilation................................................................................................................. 2-26
2.3.26 Asbestos................................................................................................................... 2-26
2.3.27 Alternate exit ............................................................................................................ 2-27
2.4 Operation Safety ................................................................................................................ 2-27
2.4.1 Safe starting ............................................................................................................... 2-27
2.4.1.1 Safe mounting..................................................................................................... 2-27
2.4.1.2 Seat adjustment ................................................................................................. 2-28
6 -26
-2belt............................................................................................................... 2-28 1-26
2.4.1.3 Seat
- 0 1 - 0 1 -0
0
2.4.1.4 2 3When you start the engine 0 2 3
................................................................................ 0 2
2-293
_ d 2 Starting the machine safely ..............................................................................
_ d2 _ d 22-29
do2.4.1.5 do do
gui g ui
2.4.1.6 Starting engine in cold weather........................................................................
ui
g 2-29
2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid ............................................................................................. 2-29
2.4.1.8 After starting the engine .................................................................................... 2-30
2.4.2 Operation .................................................................................................................... 2-30
2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation .............................................................................. 2-30
2.4.2.2 Precautions before operation ........................................................................... 2-31
2.4.2.3 Safety rules for turning ...................................................................................... 2-31
2.4.2.4 Safety rules for traveling ................................................................................... 2-32
2.4.2.5 Safe 6 -26
-2traveling...................................................................................................... 2-33 -26
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 01
3 3 3
202 202 202
2.4.2.6 Machine operation on slope ............................................................................. 2-34
d d d
d o_
2.4.2.7 Operation in snowy weather o_ o_ 2-35
.............................................................................
id id
gui gu gu
2.4.2.8 Operation in water or swamp............................................................................ 2-35
2.4.2.9 Working in cold weather.................................................................................... 2-36

II -
 Table of Contents

6 6 6
0
2.4.2.10
- 1-2Restricted operation ........................................................................................
- 0 1-2 - 0
2-361-2
3 3 3
202 Parking the machine .................................................................................................
2.4.3 202 202 2-37
_d _ d _ d
do do do
2.4.3.1 Select a parking place ....................................................................................... 2-37
gui g u i g u i
2.4.3.2 Machine shutdown ............................................................................................. 2-37
2.4.3.3 Parking................................................................................................................. 2-38
2.4.4 Transportation............................................................................................................ 2-40
2.4.5 Battery......................................................................................................................... 2-42
2.4.6 Towing ......................................................................................................................... 2-44
2.5 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-47
2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance ............................................................................ 2-47
2.5.2 Work area preparation .............................................................................................. 2-47

-26 -26
2.5.3 Engine shutdown steps before maintenance ....................................................... 2-4826
- 0 1
2.5.43Prepare 3 - 0 1
yourself ........................................................................................................ 3 - 01-
2-48
d 202 Lockout and tag-out measures................................................................................
2.5.5 d 202 d 202 2-49
_ _ _
u i do 2.5.6 Use proper tools ........................................................................................................
u i do u i do 2-49
g g g
2.5.7 Maintenance with engine running .......................................................................... 2-50
2.5.8 Work under the machine .......................................................................................... 2-50
2.5.9 Hot cooling system .................................................................................................... 2-51
2.5.10 High-pressure hoses............................................................................................... 2-51
2.5.11 Pressurized fluid ...................................................................................................... 2-52
2.5.12 Welding operation ................................................................................................... 2-53
2.5.13 Safe maintenance of the air-conditioning system .............................................. 2-53
2.5.14 High voltage precautions........................................................................................ 2-54

0 1 -26
2.5.15 Accumulator
0 1 -26
............................................................................................................ 2-54
0 1 -26
-Fire and explosion prevention ...............................................................................
- -2-55
023 023 023
2.5.16
2
d2.5.17 Regular replacement of safety-related d 2 d 2
o_ o_ o_
parts....................................................... 2-55
i d i d i d
gu gu gu
2.5.18 Maintenance operation........................................................................................... 2-56
2.5.19 Proper disposal of wastes...................................................................................... 2-57

3 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................3-1
3.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................3-3
3.2 Technical Parameters...........................................................................................................3-4
3.2.1 Loader ............................................................................................................................3-4
3.2.2 Engine ............................................................................................................................3-5
3.2.3 Electrical system...........................................................................................................3-5
3.2.4 Gear 6 ........................................................................................................................3-6
-2box -26 -26
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 0 1
023Drive axle.......................................................................................................................3-6
3.2.5
2 2 023 2 023
d d d
i d o_ 3.2.6 Braking system .............................................................................................................3-6
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
3.2.7 Steering system ............................................................................................................3-7
3.2.8 Wheel .............................................................................................................................3-7
3.2.9 Cab .................................................................................................................................3-8
- III
 Table of Contents

2 6 2 6 2 6
01- system ........................................................................................................3-9
3.2.10 Hydraulic
3- 01- 3- 01- 3-
02 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
ido ido ido
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
u Machine general drawing.....................................................................................................4-5
g4.1 gu gu
4.2 Controls and Instruments.....................................................................................................4-6
4.2.1 Integrated instrument...................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Monitor operation..........................................................................................................4-9
4.2.3 Switches.......................................................................................................................4-11
4.2.4 Control levers and pedals......................................................................................... 4-16
4.2.4.1 Control levers and pedals ................................................................................. 4-16
4.2.4.2 Gear selector lever............................................................................................. 4-17

-26 -26
4.2.4.3 Brake pedal ......................................................................................................... 4-17 26
- 0 1
4.2.4.43Steering 3 - 0 1
wheel adjustor..................................................................................... 3
4-17 - 01-
d 202 Accelerator pedal ...............................................................................................
4.2.4.5 d 202 d
02
24-18
_ _ _
do4.2.4.6 Control box..........................................................................................................
do do 4-18
gui gui gui
4.2.4.7 Arm rest ............................................................................................................... 4-18
4.2.5 Cup holder .................................................................................................................. 4-19
4.2.6 Manual pocket............................................................................................................ 4-19
4.2.7 Alternate exit .............................................................................................................. 4-19
4.2.8 Fire extinguisher ........................................................................................................ 4-20
4.2.9 Electrical components............................................................................................... 4-20
4.2.9.1 Battery.................................................................................................................. 4-20
4.2.9.2 Cathode switch ................................................................................................... 4-21
6 6 6
0 1-2motor...........................................................................................................
4.2.9.3 Start
- - 0 1-2 4-2201-2
-
2 023Generator ............................................................................................................
4.2.9.4 2 023 2 023
4-23
_d _d _d
gu ido4.2.9.5 Lamps ..................................................................................................................
ido gu ido 4-24
gu
4.2.9.6 Sensors................................................................................................................ 4-25
4.2.9.7 Pressure switches.............................................................................................. 4-26
4.2.9.8 Reversing warning device................................................................................. 4-26
4.2.9.9 Integrated control box........................................................................................ 4-27
4.2.9.10 Washer reservoir.............................................................................................. 4-28
4.2.10 Air conditioning system .......................................................................................... 4-29
4.2.10.1 Composition...................................................................................................... 4-29
4.2.10.2 ............................................................................................................................ 4-29

0 1 -26
4.2.10.3 Operating -26
principle...........................................................................................
0 1 4-29 1-26
2 3 - Operation instruction .......................................................................................
2 3 - 2 3 -0
0
4.2.10.4 0 0
4-31
_ d2 _ d2 _ d 24-34
do 4.2.10.5 Air outlets
do do
..........................................................................................................
gui 4.2.11 Radio .........................................................................................................................
gui gui 4-35
4.2.11.1 Control panel..................................................................................................... 4-35

IV -
 Table of Contents

6 6 6
0
4.2.11.2
- 1-2Radio operation instruction .............................................................................
- 0 1-2 - 0
4-361-2
2 023
4.2.11.3 2 023
MP3 playing instruction ................................................................................... 2 023 4-36
d d d
i d o_ 4.2.11.4 Other operation intructions i d o_ .............................................................................
i d o_ 4-37
gu 4.3 Cab door catch ...................................................................................................................
gu gu 4-38
4.4 Lockable Caps and Covers............................................................................................... 4-39
4.4.1 Lockable Caps and Covers...................................................................................... 4-39
4.4.2 Lockable caps ............................................................................................................ 4-39
4.4.3 Lockable covers......................................................................................................... 4-40
4.5 Toolbox ................................................................................................................................ 4-41
4.6 Machine Operation and Control ....................................................................................... 4-41
4.6.1 Before Starting the Engine ....................................................................................... 4-41

-26 -26
4.6.1.1 Walk-around inspection..................................................................................... 4-4126
3 -
4.6.1.20 1
3 - 0 1
3
Inspection before starting.................................................................................. - 01-
4-42
02
24.6.1.3 202 202 4-49
_ d Adjustment before operation_ d d
............................................................................
_
do d o d o
gui 4.6.1.4 Operation before engine gui starting .....................................................................
gui 4-52
4.6.2 Engine starting ........................................................................................................... 4-53
4.6.3 Engine shutdown ....................................................................................................... 4-54
4.6.4 Machine operation..................................................................................................... 4-55
4.6.4.1 Gear shifting........................................................................................................ 4-55
4.6.4.2 Forced downshifting (KD) function .................................................................. 4-56
4.6.4.3 Braking................................................................................................................. 4-57
4.6.4.4 Engine shutdown................................................................................................ 4-57
4.6.5 Work equipment control............................................................................................ 4-58
1 -26 operations................................................................................................
4.6.6 Restricted
0 0 1 -26 4-59
0 1 -26
- - -
2 023Permissible depth of water.......................................................................................
4.6.7 2 023 2 023 4-59
d d d
i d o_ 4.6.8 Operation on a Slope ................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-60
gu g u g u
4.6.8.1 Traveling downhill .............................................................................................. 4-60
4.6.8.2 When engine stalls on a slope ......................................................................... 4-60
4.6.8.3 Cab door on a slope........................................................................................... 4-60
4.6.9 When the machine is seized .................................................................................... 4-61
4.6.10 Recommended application .................................................................................... 4-61
4.6.10.1 Loading.............................................................................................................. 4-61
4.6.10.2 Dozing operation.............................................................................................. 4-66
4.6.10.3 Scraping operation........................................................................................... 4-66
6
4.6.10.4-2Lifting -26
operation................................................................................................ 4-66 -26
0 1 0 1
-Bucket tips - Replace ..............................................................................................
- 0 1
-4-67
023 023 023
4.6.11
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_ 4.6.12 Parking......................................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-68
gu 4.6.13 Inspection after daily work gu .....................................................................................
gu 4-68
4.6.14 Locking...................................................................................................................... 4-69
4.6.15 Operation in cold weather ...................................................................................... 4-69
- V
 Table of Contents

6 6 6
0 1-2 storage...................................................................................................
4.6.16 Long-term
- - 0 1-2 4-7001-2
-
2 023 Before storage..................................................................................................
4.6.16.1 2 023 2 023
4-70
_d _d _d
gu ido4.6.16.2 During storage..................................................................................................
ido gu ido 4-70gu
4.6.16.3 After storage ..................................................................................................... 4-71
4.7 Transportation..................................................................................................................... 4-71
4.7.1 Transport methods .................................................................................................... 4-71
4.7.2 Loading and unloading ............................................................................................. 4-71
4.7.2.1 Loading and unloading ...................................................................................... 4-71
4.7.2.2 Loading ................................................................................................................ 4-72
4.7.2.3 Securing the machine........................................................................................ 4-72
4.7.2.4 .............................................................................................................................. 4-73
-26the machine.............................................................................................
4.7.2.5 Lifting
1 1 -26 4-73
1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 d 202 d 202
o_ o_ o_
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
uidMaintenance Information
g5.1 gui
d d
gui
....................................................................................................5-5
5.2 Oil, fuel and coolant ..............................................................................................................5-7
5.2.1 Oil....................................................................................................................................5-7
5.2.2 Fuel.................................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.3 Coolant..........................................................................................................................5-9
5.2.4 Grease ........................................................................................................................ 5-10
5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage ................................................................................................... 5-10
5.2.6 Filter element ............................................................................................................. 5-10
5.3 Electrical system .................................................................................................................5-11
0 -26 0 1 -26
5.4 Wear Parts1...........................................................................................................................5-11
0 1 -26
- 23- -
2 023
5.5 Recommended Fuel, Coolant and Lubricant0................................................................
2 2 023
5-12
d d d
i d o_
5.6 Tightening
i d o_
Torque Table....................................................................................................
i d o_ 5-15
u Safety Critical Parts ...........................................................................................................
g5.7 gu gu 5-18
5.8 Maintenance schedule list ................................................................................................ 5-19
5.9 Maintenance Procedures.................................................................................................. 5-20
5.9.1 Every 10 service hours or daily ............................................................................... 5-20
5.9.1.1 Battery - check.................................................................................................... 5-20
5.9.1.2 Engine oil level - check...................................................................................... 5-21
5.9.1.3 Engine coolant level - check............................................................................. 5-21
5.9.1.4 Hydraulic oil level - check.................................................................................. 5-21
6 - check, water and sediment in primary
5.9.1.5 Fuel2level
- - 26 fuel filter - Drain ........... 5-21 26
- 0 1
5.9.1.63Hydraulic 3 - 0 1
system leaks - inspect...................................................................... 3
5-22 - 01-
d 202 Work lights, control lamps and warning
5.9.1.7 d 202 beacon - inspect ............................ d
02
25-22
_ _ _
do5.9.1.8 Tire inflation - inspect.........................................................................................
do do 5-22
gui gui gui
5.9.1.9 Drive shaft, hinge and implement - lubricate.................................................. 5-24
5.9.2 Every 50 service hours ............................................................................................. 5-24

VI -
 Table of Contents

2 6 6 6
0
5.9.2.1
- 1-Every 0 1-2
50 service hours......................................................................................
- 0
5-24
- 1-2
2 023 Drive shaft bolts - tighten ..................................................................................
5.9.2.2 2 023 2 023 5-24
_d _d _d
gu ido 5.9.2.3 Battery terminals - cleanid/ocoat.........................................................................
gu ido gu
5-24
5.9.2.4 Engine oil and filter - replace ............................................................................ 5-25
5.9.2.5 Clearance between parking brake disc and friction plate - inspect ............ 5-25
5.9.3 Every 100 service hours ........................................................................................... 5-25
5.9.3.1 Every 100 service hours.................................................................................... 5-25
5.9.3.2 Engine cylinder head - clean ............................................................................ 5-25
5.9.3.3 Transmission oil - change, transmission oil filter - replace........................... 5-25
5.9.3.4 Rear drive axle oil - replace .............................................................................. 5-26
5.9.4 Every 250 service hours ........................................................................................... 5-26
26 250 service hours....................................................................................
5.9.4.11-Every 1 -26 5-261 -26
- 0 - 0 - 0
023 Wheel rim joint bolt, transmission
5.9.4.2
2 023box and engine mounting bolt-
2 023 2
d d d
do_ d o_ d o_
inspect ................................................................................................................ 5-26
gui 5.9.4.3 Implement and front/rear u i
g frame welds and fixing bolts - inspect................. g u i
5-26
5.9.4.4 Front and rear axle oil level - inspect............................................................... 5-27
5.9.4.5 Service brake - inspect...................................................................................... 5-27
5.9.4.6 Service brake disc - inspect.............................................................................. 5-28
5.9.4.7 Parking brake - inspect...................................................................................... 5-29
5.9.4.8 Parking brake disc wear - inspect.................................................................... 5-29
5.9.4.9 Air filter element - inspect / clean..................................................................... 5-30
5.9.4.10 Engine oil and filter element - change / replace .......................................... 5-31
6 belt tension - inspect/adjust ....................................................................
5.9.4.11-2Fan -26 5-32 -26
0 1 0 1
- Pipe clamps of hydraulic system23--check...................................................... - 0 1
2 023
5.9.4.12
2 0 2 023 5-33
d d d
i d o_ 5.9.5 Every 500 service hours ...........................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 5-33
gu gu gu
5.9.5.1 Every 500 service hours.................................................................................... 5-33
5.9.5.2 Primary fuel filter element - replace................................................................. 5-33
5.9.5.3 Secondary fuel filter element - replace ........................................................... 5-35
5.9.5.4 Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean..................................................... 5-38
5.9.5.5 Transmission oil level - inspect ........................................................................ 5-39
5.9.5.6 Breather valve - service..................................................................................... 5-40
5.9.6 Every 1000 service hours......................................................................................... 5-41
5.9.6.1 Every 1000 service hours ................................................................................. 5-41
5.9.6.2 Air6 filter element - inspect / clean / replace.....................................................
1 - 2 1 - 26 5-41 6
1-2
- 0
5.9.6.3 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - - 0
check............................................................... - 0
5-45
2 023 Oil in axles - change ..........................................................................................
2 023 2 023 5-45
d 5.9.6.4 d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
5.9.6.5 Gearbox filter -replace....................................................................................... 5-46
5.9.6.6 Changing gearbox oil and cleaning filter screen ........................................... 5-46
5.9.6.7 Oil suction/return filter element - replace........................................................ 5-47
- VII
 Table of Contents

6 6 6
0 1-2filter and brake filter - replace ..................................................................
5.9.6.8 Pilot
- - 0 1-2 5-4801-2
-
2 023Nitrogen pressure in accumulator 2- 0check......................................................
5.9.6.9 23 2 023
5-49
d d d
i d o_ Every 2000 service hours.........................................................................................
5.9.7 i d o_ i d o_ 5-50
gu 5.9.7.1 Every 2000 service hoursgu................................................................................
gu 5-50
5.9.7.2 Changing engine coolant and cleaning interior of cooling system.............. 5-50
5.9.7.3 Alternator - check ............................................................................................... 5-52
5.9.7.4 Engine valve clearance - check/adjust............................................................ 5-52
5.9.8 Every 4000 service hours......................................................................................... 5-52
5.9.8.1 Every 4000 service hours ................................................................................. 5-52
5.9.8.2 Oil in hydraulic tank - change ........................................................................... 5-52
5.9.8.3 Water pump - inspect......................................................................................... 5-53
5.9.8.4 Start 6
-2motor -26
- check............................................................................................. 5-53 1-26
- 0 1 - 0 1 -0
0 2
5.9.8.5 3Accumulator - 0 2 3
replace........................................................................................ 0 2
5-543
2 2 2
_d
o5.9.8.6 High-pressure tube clamps and d
o_ rubber - check.............................................
d
o_ 5-54
i d i d i d
gu 5.9.8.7 Compressor working condition gu - inspect.........................................................
gu 5-54
5.9.9 Every 8000 service hours......................................................................................... 5-55
5.9.9.1 Every 8000 service hours ................................................................................. 5-55
5.9.9.2 High-pressure tube clamps - replace .............................................................. 5-55
5.9.10 Every 10000 service hours .................................................................................... 5-55

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

VIII -
 Introduction

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Introduction
2 6 2 6 2 6
01- 01- 01-
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
- - -
023 023 023
1.1 Profile......................................................................................................................................1-3
2 2 2
d d d
i d o_ Safety information .................................................................................................................1-4
1.2
i d o_ i d o_
gu 1.3 Page instruction.....................................................................................................................1-6
gu gu
1.4 Product information...............................................................................................................1-7
1.4.1 .......................................................................................................................................1-7
1.4.2 .......................................................................................................................................1-7

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1-1
 Introduction

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result -in26death or serious injury. -26 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-2 -
 Introduction

-2 6 26 26
-01
1.Introduction 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 023-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Profile
1.1 do do
gui gui gui
This achine could be operated only by those qualified and experienced operating staff holding offi-
cial license (according to local laws).

Operate the machine in accordance with relevant local laws and regulations all the time. Operation
safety information and explanation in this manual are for suggestion and warning only.

SANY Heavy Machinery cannot foresee various conditions which may contain potential risks dur-
ing the operation and maintenance. Therefore, safety information in this manual and on the ma-
chine does not include all possible safety measures. In case of taking method or action not

0 1 -26
specially recommended
0 1 -26 for taking essential measures to0en-
in this manual, you are responsible
1 -26
3-
sure safety. 3- 3-
d 202 d 202 d 202
o_
Arbitrarily modifying or abusing the machine _
do may affect performance of the loader
_
do or result in
guid g u i
greater potential safety hazards, therefore, g u i
please drive and use this machine cautiously since mi-
soperation and misuse may bring about damage as well. As for the losses generated due to this,
SANY will undertake no liability.

The machine involved in this manual is used for various operations under normal conditions, and
please do not use it under combustible and explosive environment or in regions containing asbes-
tos dust.

When using in regions whose altitude exceeds 2,000 m, please select the loaders of SANY Heavy
Machinery suitable for highland operation.

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26

23- 23- 23-
This machine has been conducted electromagnetic compatibility test according to EN 13309-
2 0 2 0 2 0
2000.
_ d Therefore, as for all electronic accessory
_ d devices such as communication equipment _ d without
o
dapproval, conduct test before installation o
d and use, and they could be used only o
dafter confirming
gui that they would not result in electromagnetic
gui interference of the machine. gui

All materials, diagrams and specifications in this manual adopt the latest product materials which
could be obtained at the time of publishing. SANY Heavy Machinery has the right to make altera-
tion all the time without further notice. As for relevant latest materials of the machine or relevant
problems of materials involved in this manual, please contact the SANY Heavy Machinery or its
authorized agents.

Applicable scope of standard machine: below altitude of 2,000 m, with the atmospheric tempera-
ture at -30℃～50℃.
1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1-3
 Introduction

1-26 1 -26 1 -26

0 2 3-0 CAUTION
0 23-
0
0 23-
0
2 2
Beforedthe operation and maintenance, the operating 2
o _ o _d staff and the maintenance staff must
o _ddo the
d d d
gui gui gui
following work:
• Read through and understand this manual.
• Read through safety notices in this manual as well as safety labels on the machine, and must
understand them fully.
• Shall not engage in purposes or operations forbidden in this manual under any condition.
• If the fuel quantity, particulate matter or altitude exceeds the maximum value of this machine
type and its application stipulation, it may result in harm, which is not within the quality guaran-
tee scope.
• Keep this manual in the cab all the time, for the convenience that the operators could inquire at
any time.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26
• In case this - manual has been lost or cannot be read - due to being stained, please contact 2au- -
2 023 2 023 2 0 3
d agent of SANY Heavy Machinery immediatelyd for reissuance or replacement. _d
o_ o_
thorized
i d i d do
g•u This manual should be deemed as a permanent
gu gui If you resell
constitution part of the machine.
the machine, you must deliver this manual to the new users together with the machine.
• The machines provided by SANY Heavy Machinery for the purchasing countries conform to all
application specification and standard. If purchasing machines from another country or from
some individual of another country, then they may lack some safety device and technical re-
quirements necessary for being used in your country. In case of having any doubt toward
whether the machines conform to national use standard and specification, please contact au-
thorized agents of SANY Heavy Machinery before using them.

1.2 Safety information

26 26 26
1- 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
2 2 you use this machine safely, thisd manual
In order to0help
d 202 has provided safety notices andd 2labels
02
_
fixedoon o_as to provide explanation to the potential_
u i d the machine as well as explanation,
u i dso u i do danger-
gous conditions as well as method for avoiding
g such dangerous conditions. g
Before operating and maintaining the machine, the users and after-sales service staff must be fa-
miliar with various warning marks and warning symbols on the machine, abide by safety standards
and suggestions in the manual strictly, and take active safety precautions and countermeasures,
so as to lower risks of personal injury and casualty, machine damage due to improper maintenance
or risks due to unsafe factors to the minimum.

1. Safety warning

1 - 26
Safety warning is composed of safety warning symbol and mark,
1 - 26 and is used for reminding you of 1-26
2 3 -0
potential risk conditions which may result in personal injury
2 3 -0 or damage. Safety warning could2be 3 -0
20
graded according
d d
0 conditions through using markers. 20
to relevant serious degree of the 2risk
d
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
u manual applies 3 kinds of markers: gdanger,
gThis u gu
warning and caution. The risk conditions repre-
sented by them are respectively:

1-4 -
 Introduction

1- 26 -26
1 consequence will be death or serious-01 -26
3-0 It means that if not avoided, the-0risk
3 3
d 202 DAN- injury. 202 202
_ _d _d
do GER do do
gui gui gui
It means that if not avoided, the potential risk consequence would be death
CAU- or serious injury.
TION

It means that if not avoided, the potential risk consequence would be low or
WAR- medium injury. “Notice” may also be used to remind of bewaring of relevant
NING occasions of unsafe operation which may result in personal injury or dam-

1- 26 age of the machine and environment. -26

1 -26 1
3-0 3 -0 3 -0
d 202 d 20 2
d 20 2
o_
Instances of safety warning o_ o_
guid gui
d
gui
d

WARNING

● When standing up from the driver’s seat, be sure to make the hydraulic lock in the locking
position.
● When the operating lever is not locked, it will cause serious injury or casualty if being touched
accidently.

-26 1- 26 1- 26
-01
2. Safety label
3 3-0 3-0
02 202 202
d2 d d
i d o_ label is fixed on the machine, and
Safety
i d ois_ used for reminding on-site operatorsidoro_maintenance
gu staff that there would be potential risksguin operating or maintaining the machine.gu
This machine applies “text safety label” and “diagram safety label” to demonstrate safety
measures.

a. Instance of text safety label

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1-5
 Introduction

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
d2
Figure_1-1 _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gb.uiInstance of diagram safety label gui gui

Safety diagram uses image to represent degree of risk conditions equaling to signal expression. In
order to make the operators or maintenance staff understand type and degree of the risk condi-
tions, these safety diagrams adopt images. In the right figure, the upper safety diagram displays
the type of risk condition, while the lower diagram displays the method for avoiding risk condition.

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

Figure 1-2 3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 2 02
_ _d _d
1.3 i doPage instruction do do
g u gui gui
Pages of this manual are relative ones.

1-6 -
 Introduction

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dFor do do
gui example: gui gui

1.4 Product information

1.4.1

1.

1.4.2

1. 1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 1-7
 Introduction

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-8 -
 Safety

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Safety

1 -26 1 -26 1 -26

3-0 3-0 3-0
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2 2 2
20
2.1dForeword d2
0
d2
0
................................................................................................................................2-5
_ _ _
o Safety Messages...................................................................................................................2-6
d2.2 do do
gui gui gui
2.2.1 Safety Messages.........................................................................................................2-6
2.2.2 Hazard alert wording...................................................................................................2-7
2.2.3 Other alert wording .....................................................................................................2-7
2.2.4 Safety decals ...............................................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.1 Safety decals ........................................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.2 Textual safety decals ...........................................................................................2-8
2.2.4.3 Graphical safety decals.......................................................................................2-9
2.2.5 Safety decal locations.................................................................................................2-9
2.2.6 Safety
0 1 -26 decal description ..........................................................................................
0 1 -26 2-1226
01-
3
2.3 General - 3 -
Precautions.......................................................................................................... 3 -
2-14
d 202 Safety rules ...............................................................................................................
2.3.1 d 202 d 202 2-14
_ _ _
u i do 2.3.2 Abnormal cases........................................................................................................
u i do u i do 2-14
g g g
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment .............................................................................. 2-15
2.3.4 Fire extinguisher and f rst aid kit ............................................................................ 2-15
2.3.5 Safety equipment ..................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.6 .................................................................................................................................... 2-16
2.3.7 Keeping cab clean.................................................................................................... 2-17
2.3.8 Handholds and steps ............................................................................................. 2-17
2.3.9 Elevated work ........................................................................................................... 2-18
2.3.10 No sitting on attachment ...................................................................................... 2-18

0 1 -26
2.3.11 Articulated
0 1 -26
parts ..................................................................................................... 2-18
0 1 -26
- - -
023 Prevention of burns and scalds............................................................................
2.3.12
2 2 023 2 023 2-19
d d d
i d o_ 2.3.12.1 Hot coolant.......................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-19
gu gu gu
2.3.12.2 Hot oil ............................................................................................................... 2-19
2.3.13 Fire and explosion hazard .................................................................................... 2-20
2.3.13.1 Fire caused by fuel or oils.............................................................................. 2-20
- 2-1
 Safety

6 6 6
2.3.13.20Fire
- 1-2 caused by f ammable materials............................................................
- 0 1-2 2-2001-2
-
2 023 Fire caused by electric lines..........................................................................
2.3.13.3 2 023 2 023
2-20
d d d
i d o_2.3.13.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines i d o_ .....................................................................
i d o_ 2-21
gu 2.3.13.5 Fire caused by illumination gu equip-ment.......................................................
gu 2-21
2.3.13.6 Fire caused by heat shield ............................................................................ 2-21
2.3.14 In the event of fire .................................................................................................. 2-21
2.3.15 Windshield cleaning detergent............................................................................. 2-21
2.3.16 Ejecting parts.......................................................................................................... 2-21
2.3.17 Falling object protection ........................................................................................ 2-22
2.3.18 Attachment installation.......................................................................................... 2-22
2.3.19 Cab windows glasses............................................................................................ 2-23
2.3.20 Unauthorized modification.................................................................................... 2-23
1 - 26 1 - 26 1 -26
0 0 0
23- - -
2.3.21 Worksite investigation ........................................................................................... 2-23
2.3.222 0Operation 2 023
on loose ground ................................................................................... 2 023
2-24
d d d
i d o_ Overhead power cables ........................................................................................
2.3.23 i d o_ i d o_ 2-24
gu 2.3.24 Visibility....................................................................................................................
gu gu 2-25
2.3.25 Ventilation................................................................................................................ 2-26
2.3.26 Asbestos.................................................................................................................. 2-26
2.3.27 Alternate exit........................................................................................................... 2-27
2.4 Operation Safety ................................................................................................................ 2-27
2.4.1 Safe starting.............................................................................................................. 2-27
2.4.1.1 Safe mounting ................................................................................................... 2-27
2.4.1.2 Seat adjustment ................................................................................................ 2-28
2.4.1.3 Seat26belt .............................................................................................................
-26
2-28 26
0 1 - 0 1 01-
2.4.1.43 - 3 -
When you start the engine............................................................................... 3
2-29 -
d 202 Starting the machine safely .............................................................................
2.4.1.5 d 202 d
02
22-29
_ _ _
u i do 2.4.1.6 Starting engine in cold weather u i do ......................................................................
u i do 2-29
g g g
2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid ............................................................................................ 2-29
2.4.1.8 After starting the engine................................................................................... 2-30
2.4.2 Operation................................................................................................................... 2-30
2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation............................................................................. 2-30
2.4.2.2 Precautions before operation.......................................................................... 2-31
2.4.2.3 Safety rules for turning ..................................................................................... 2-31
2.4.2.4 Safety rules for traveling .................................................................................. 2-32
2.4.2.5 Safe traveling..................................................................................................... 2-33
2.4.2.6 Machine
0 1 -26 operation on slope ............................................................................
0 1 -26 2-34 -26
01
3 - 3 - 3 -
202 Operation in water or swamp ..........................................................................
202 02
2.4.2.7 Operation in snowy weather............................................................................ 2-35
d d d 22-35
_2.4.2.8 _ _
u i do 2.4.2.9 Working in cold weather...................................................................................
u i do u i do 2-36
g g g
2.4.2.10 Restricted operation ....................................................................................... 2-36
2.4.3 Parking the machine ................................................................................................ 2-37
2-2 -
 Safety

6 6 6
0
2.4.3.1
- 1-2Select a parking place......................................................................................
- 0 1-2 - 0
2-371-2
2 23
02.4.3.2 2 023
Machine shutdown............................................................................................ 2 023 2-37
d d d
i d o_ 2.4.3.3 Parking ...............................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-38
gu g u g u
2.4.4 Transportation........................................................................................................... 2-40
2.4.5 Battery........................................................................................................................ 2-42
2.4.6 Towing........................................................................................................................ 2-44
2.5 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-47
2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance........................................................................... 2-47
2.5.2 Work area preparation............................................................................................. 2-47
2.5.3 Engine shutdown steps before maintenance ...................................................... 2-48
2.5.4 Prepare yourself ....................................................................................................... 2-48
2.5.5 Lockout and tag-out measures............................................................................... 2-49 6
1 - 26 1 - 26 1-2
2.5.6 -Use0 - 0
proper tools ....................................................................................................... - 0
2-49
2 023 Maintenance with engine running.........................................................................
2.5.7 2 023 2 023 2-50
d d d
i d o_ 2.5.8 Work under the machine .........................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-50
gu g u g u
2.5.9 Hot cooling system................................................................................................... 2-51
2.5.10 High-pressure hoses ............................................................................................. 2-51
2.5.11 Pressurized fluid..................................................................................................... 2-52
2.5.12 Welding operation.................................................................................................. 2-53
2.5.13 Safe maintenance of the air-conditioning system ............................................ 2-53
2.5.14 High voltage precautions ...................................................................................... 2-54
2.5.15 Accumulator........................................................................................................... 2-54
2.5.16 Fire and explosion prevention.............................................................................. 2-55

-26 -26
2.5.17 Regular replacement of safety-related parts...................................................... 2-5526
2.5.183 - 0 1
3 - 0 1
Maintenance operation ......................................................................................... 3 - 01-
2-56
202 Proper disposal of wastes.....................................................................................
d2.5.19 d2
02 02
d 2 2-57
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-3
 Safety

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result -in26death or serious injury. -26 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-4 -
 Safety

-2 6 26 26
-01
2.Safety 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 02 3-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Foreword
2.1 do do
gui gui gui
This Operation and Maintenance Manual is a guide for you to operate your machine properly. It
contains technical and safety information necessary for operation of your machine. Please read
and understand each section of the manual.

Only eligible and experienced operators with an official license (according to local laws) are al-
lowed to operate the machine.

Always operate your machine according to national and/or local laws and regulations. The opera-
tion safety information and description in this manual are just suggestive and attentive.
26 26 26
Sany cannot
3 - 01-anticipate every possible circumstance3 -
- might involve a potential hazard during
01that 3 - 01-
202 and maintenance. The Safety messages
operation
d d 202 in this manual and on the productdare,
202 there-
i o_ not all inclusive. If a procedure, work
dfore, i
_ o_ specifically
do method or operating technique thatuisidnot
u u
g recommended in this manual is used,g you must be sure that it is safe for you gand for others. You
should also ensure that the product will not be damaged or made unsafe by the operation, lubrica-
tion, maintenance or repair procedures that you choose.

Modifying or abusing the machine according to your own will might impair the machine's perform-
ance, or result in more serious potential hazard. For instance, the specific volume of fuel oil ex-
ceeds set limit or the machine is overloaded. Please drive and operate the machine carefully.
Improper operation or application may cause personal injury or damage. Sany assumes no re-
sponsibility for such losses.

1
Machines covered
0 -26 by this manual are used for various
0 1 -26
operations 1
under normal conditions. Do not
0 -26
3-
use the 2machine 23- or in areas containing asbestos dust.
in flammable or explosive environment, 23-
d 20 d 20 d 20
o_ o_
dPlease select a Sany loader with a uconfiguration
id o_
gui g g ud
suitable for high-plateau ioperation when
operating in areas 2,000 m above sea level.

This machine has gone through electromagnetic capacity test according to EN 13309-200C. All
unapproved electronic attachments (such as communication devices) are therefore to be tested
before installation and application. Make sure that the electromagnetic attachments will not cause
electromagnetic interference.

The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information
that was available at the time that the publication was written. Sany reserves the right to change
these information at any time without prior notice. Please consult your Sany distributor to obtain
26 or if you have any question on the1-information
26 26
01-
the latest information
- - 0 provided in this manual. 01-
-
2 023 2 023 2 023
d d d
i d o_ starting operation and maintenance,
Before
i d o_ operator and maintainer shall observe
i d o_the following
gu items: gu gu
• Read and understand the whole manual.

- 2-5
 Safety

- 26 26
1- manual and the safety messages on-01- 26
• -01
Read and understand
3
the safety notices contained in-0this
3 3
202
the machine.
d d2
02
d2
02
_ _ circumstances in a manner that is prohibited
o_
g idonot apply or operate your machine under
•uDo uid
oany
g uid g
in
this manual.
• If the amount of fuel added, content of particulates ,or latitude is beyond the specification of this
type of machine, damage could occur and the warranty of your machine would become invalid.

The manual should be kept in the cab all the time for operator to refer to at any time.

Please contact your Sany distributor to obtain a new manual if the original one is missing or can-
not be read.

This manual should be regarded as a permanent component of your machine. If the machine is
6 6 26
1-2 please give this manual to the new owner.
sold to a third party, 1-2 1-
2
0 3-0 0 23-0 23-0
d 2 provided by Sany to its buyer is in _line
The machine 20
d 2with all specifications and standards of_dbuyer's
_
do If the machine is purchased from uanother
do country or someone of a third country, do it might
gbeui lacking of some safety devices or technical
g i requirements necessary for using the gui ma-chine in
country.

your country. In case you question whether the machine is in accordance with the standards and
specifications of your country, please contact your Sany distributor before operating the machine.

2.2 Safety Messages

2.2.1 Safety Messages

Safety precautions are given in this manual

and warning decals,
0 1 -26 both textual and graphi- 0 1 -26 1-26
-
023 to various parts on the ma- 2023
cal, are adhered -
02 3-0
2
chine _tod provide information of hazardous sit- _d
2
o o _d
uid uid do
guations and the method to avoid g such gui
situations.

Before conducting operation and mainte-

nance on the machine, the operator and after-
sale service personnel must understand all
warning signs or symbols on the machine
decals, strictly follow the safety rules and pre-
cautions in this manual, and take positive ac-
tions so as to reduce the risk of personal
6 damage of machine
-2the 26 26
injury and death,
0 1 1- 1-
caused by 2 3-
0 improper service, and the risk of
023-0 02 3-0
unsafe_d
2 2 2
factors, to the minimum. _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-6 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
2.2.2 Hazard- alert wording
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ o_d _d
i d uid do
gui
Hazard alert words are used in this manual
gu g
and on some of the machine decals to inform
the operator of imminent or potential hazard
that lead to death, personal injury or property
damage.

Different alert words are used to indicate the

degree of hazard.

DANGER

0 1 - 6
It indicates an2imminently hazardous situation which, if 2
0 1
6 avoided, will result in death or serious-26
-not 1
injury. 3-
02 3-02 3-0
02
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui WARNING gui
It indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.

CAUTION
It indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
in-jury. It can also be used to alert unsafe operation as which may cause property loss.

It indicates a situation which can cause damage to the machine, personal property and/or the en-
26 the equipment to operate im-properly.
vironment, or1-cause 1-2
6
1-2
6
3- 0 3- 0 3- 0
202 202 202
o _d hazard alert symbol appears with most
This
o
d
_DANGER, WARNING and CAU-TION hazard
o _d alerts. It
d d id message that
gui means attention, become alert, your safety
gui is involved! Please read and abide by
guthe
follows the hazard alert symbol.

An example alert wording and alert text

WARNING
• The lockout lever must be placed in the locked position before leaving the op-erator
compartment.
• A free control lever can cause serious injury or death if touched by mistake.

- 26 1- 26 1- 26
-01alert wording
2.2.3 Other
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2
In_addition _ d2 _d
2
do idothis do
to the safety-related alert words
u i
g above, the following words are used guin gui
manual to provide additional information to
which extra attention shall be paid.
- 2-7
 Safety

1-26 1- 26 1-26
Note: 3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 d 202 202
It isdo _ _ _d
i followed by information on how to avoid
i do do
u
greduction of machine service life. g u gui
Remark:

It is followed by very useful information.

2.2.4 Safety decals

2.2.4.1 Safety decals

26 -26 26
Safety decals are f xed to the machine to alert
1 -
the operator or-0maintenance workers that po- 0 1 1-
023 might be involved when operat- 2023
-
02 3-0
2
tential danger
d 2
o_servicing the machine. _d _d
ingidor
gu ido
gu gui
do
The machine uses textual and graphical (or
combined) decals to indicate hazardous situa-
tion and safety measures.

2.2.4.2 Textual safety decals

Textual safety decals use brief text to indicate

hazardous situation and safety measures.

26 26 26
Fig. 2-1 is an example of textual safety
1 - 1- 1-
decals. -0 3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-1

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-8 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
2.2.4.32Graphical safety decals
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d safety decals use images oridsym- do
gui
Graphical
gu bols to indicate a hazardous situation gu and
how to avoid it.

Fig. 2-2 is an example of graphical safety

decals.

The upper triangle indicates the type of haz-

ardous situation while the lower circle indi-
cates the way to avoid it.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d Fig. 2-2 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2.2.5 Safety decal locations

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02
Fig. 2-3 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-9
 Safety

1-26 -26 1-26

(1) Seat belt
3-0 -01 out your head
(5) Watch
3-0
02 023 02
d 2 pattern
(2) Control 2 Squeezing hazard
d(6) _d
2
i o_
dLubrication i do
_
do
g u
(3) and maintenance chart g u (7) Read the manual gui
(4) Lift point (8) Tie-down point

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-4

(9) Squirting hazard (13) Not sitting

(10) Fan cutting hazard (14) Unlock
(11) Falling hazard (15) Not step
(12) Hot surface (16) Rotating belt

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-10 -
 Safety

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-5
-26 1-26 1- 26
-01 exit
(17) Alternate
3-0 3-0
023 02 02
d 2Shearing hzard
(18)
_d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-11
 Safety

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
2.2.6 Safety
023
-decal description
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ belt _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1. Seat
gu
• Fasten your seat belt when you are driving
the machine.

2. Control pattern

• To prevent accidents such as personal in-

jury and death during operation, con-firm
macine operating status and working mode,
pay attention to ambient conditions and op-
6 26 26
1-2 slowly. 1- 1-
erate the machine Fig. 2-6
23-0 023-0 02 3-0
20 and maintenance chart
3. Lubrication 2 2
_d _d _d
idopoint
g4.uLift gui
do
gui
do

5. Watch out your head

• It is possible to be hit by work equipment.

• Keep a safe distance from the machine dur-
ing operation.

6. Squeezing hazard

• If the machine changes direction, the Fig. 2-7

26 may impose squeez-
hinged area of1-frame 1 -26 1-26
- 0 - 0 3-0
ing hazard.
2 023 Keep a safe distance from the 2023 202
d d _d
i d o_
machine.
i d o_ do
g7.uRead the manual gu gui

• Read the manual before operation, main-

tenance, disassembing, assembling and
transporation.

8. Tie-down point

9. Squirting hazard

• 6 before removing the

Read the instruction
26 26
-2
1 coolant tank. First release
cap of such-0as
Fig. 2-8
1- 1-
0 23 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 and then slowly open it to prevent
pressure
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
gui gui
usquirting.
g
10.Fan cutting hazard

2-12 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
-
023 of that rotating object can cause 2023
• Be aware -
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_injury and do not approach it. o_ _d
i d i d do
gu 11.Falling hazard gu gui

• It is possible to fall. No step here.

12.Hot parts/hot surfaces

• Do NOT touch hot parts or hot surfaces to

avoid burns.

13.No sitting

14.Unlock
1- 26 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 the
• Place
d
hydraulic lockout control in the 202 202
o_ _d _d
d donot do
gui
lockied position when the machine iis
operated. This can prevent
gu
unintentional
gui
operation of work equipment.
• When you need to use the work equip-
ment, disengage the hydraulic lockout con-
trol before operation.

15. No step

• Do not step here.

-26
16.Rotating belt
1 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 belt is dangerous.
• Rotating
d d 202 202
_ _ _d
i d•o Stop rotation before maintenance. uido do
g u g gui
17.Alternate exit

18.Shearing hazard

• It is possible to be hib by machine. Do not

enter machine working range.
• Keep a safe distance from machine during
operation.

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-13
 Safety

1- 26 1 -26 1 -26
02 3-0 WARNING
023
- 0
023
- 0
2 2
d to recognize the correct posi-tion and_dcontent of the decals. d 2
• Beo_sure o o_
i d i d i d
g•u To ensure that the decals can be readgand
u understood easily, they have to be attached
gu to the
right locations and always kept clean. The use of organic solution or gasoline to clean the dec-
als is not allowed.
• There are also other decals besides those for warning and safety. These messages should be
treated in the same way.
• A new decal should be used for replace-ment if the old one is broken or miss-ing, or cannot be
read. See the manual or the message for part number of the decal. You may order a new one
from your Sany distributor.

-26
2.3 General Precautions
1 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 rules
2.3.1 Safety 202 202
_d _d _d
ido
g•uOnly ido
trained personnel are allowed toguop- gui
do
erate and service the machine.
• All safety rules, precautions and instruc-
tions must be followed when operating and
servicing the machine.
• Taking alcohol or drug could seriously im-
pair one's ability in operating or repairing
the machine, and it is hazardous for you
and other persons.
2 6 26 26
• 01- with another operator or
When working
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 c signalman, be sure to make
20traff
worksite 2 02 202
_ d _ d _d
idopeople understand all hand signals to
all
guused. gui
do
be
gui
do

2.3.2 Abnormal cases

In case of any abnormalities found during op-

eration and maintenance, such as noise, vi-
bration, odor, incorrect gauge reading, smoke,
oil leak, or indication of abnormality by alarm
device or monitor, tell your supervisor and

0 1 -26 Do not operate the

take necessary actions.
1-26 1-26
ma-chine before
023- the fault is corrected. 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-14 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
2.3.3 Personal protective equipment
023
-
023-0
d 2 2 2
_d
o_ proper work clothes and personalidopro- _d
i d do
gui
Wear
gu tective equipment (PPE) suitable for gthe
u
envi-
ronment of the worksite. You may need:

• Hard hat
• Safety shoes
• Safety glasses, goggles or face shield
• Protective gloves
• Hearing protection
• Reflective clothing

0 1 -26 safety articles and those re- 0 1 26

Fig. -2-24
1- 26
- 3- 3-0
Wear necessary
quired2 23employers,
0by public facility administra- 202 2 02
d _d _d
i d o_ government, laws and regulations.
tions, i d oDo do
gu not take a chance, which can increase gu un- gui
necessary risk.

WARNING
• Do not wear loose fitting clothes and decorative ornaments, which can easily catch on control
lever or other protrud-ing parts.
• Long hair outside safety hat may be caught by machine and cause entangle-ment hazard.
• Always wear safety hat and safety shoes. In operation or maintenance of machine, if the job re-

6
quires, wear safety
-2 6 and seat belt.
glasses, face shield, gloves, ear plugs
-2 26
-01protective devices for proper functioning-0before
1 1-
3-0
• Check all
3 3
operation.
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Fire extinguisher and f rst aididkit
d2.3.4 o_ do
g u g u gui
To prevent injury or f re, observe the following
precautions:

• First aid kit and f re extinguisher should be

available nearby.
• Read and understand the instruction at-
tached to fire extinguisher. Use fire extin-
guisher properly.
•
126
Regular inspection
- and maintenance shall
1 -26 1- 26
0
- to ensure proper functioning of f re 23- 0 3-0
023
be done
2 0 02
_ d
extinguisher at any time. _ d 2 Fig. 2-25 _d
2
do ido do
gui • Check the f rst aid kit regularly andgureplen- gui
ish it when necessary.

- 2-15
 Safety

- 26 1-26 1- 26
• -01 scheme to deal with f re
Make emergency
3 3-0 3-0
202
and accidents. 2 02 2 02
o _d _d _d
uid do do
g2.3.5 Safety equipment gui gui

To protect you and others around you, your

machine may be equipped with the following
safety equipment. Make sure that they are se-
curely in place and in good condition.
– Falling object protective structures (FOPS)
– Front guard
– Lamps
– Safety signs 1-26 1 -26 1- 26
0 0 3-0
– Horn 023- 023
-
02
d 2 d 2 2
– Guards
o_ o_ Fig. 2-26 _d
i d i d do
u Travel alarm
g– gu gui
– Mirrors
– Fire extinguisher
– First aid kit
– Windshield wipers
WARNING
• Make sure all guards and covers are in
correct position. Repair any damaged
2 6 26 26
01- once observed.
parts immediately
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
• 202 the operating methods of safety
nderstand
d 2 02 2 02
o_ _d _d
u
g• i d
equipment and use them correct-ly.
g u ido gui
do
Never remove the front guard of cab ex-
cept for service.

2.3.6

Machine cleaning
●Clean the windshields, mirrors and lights. Make sure that the operating area, steps and hand-
holds are free from oil, grass, snow, ice or mud, which can cause you to slip and fall. Clean the
mud on your soles before getting on the machine.

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26

●If the machine
2 0 23- is checked or serviced with presence
2 0 3-mud or oil dirt, it may cause you to slip
2of 2 0 23or-
_d may get into your eyes. Keep the machine
fall, or dirt
o o _d clean all the time. o_
d
i d i d i d
gu gu gu

2-16 -
 Safety

26 26 26
●If water has
3 - 01-penetrated into the electri-cal system,
3 - 01do- not rush to power on your machine
3 - 1-
0and
02 engine, which can cause machine failure
start 2the 202 or cause damage to the electrical dsystem.
202 Do
d d
d o_ flush the electrical system (including sensors,
not
d o_ o_
con-nectors, etc.) with water or steam.
d
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
Fig. 2-27
202 202 202
_d
o Keeping cab clean _d _d
d2.3.7 do do
gui gui gui
●Clean the mud and oil on your soles when getting into the cab. Mud or oil under your shoes can
cause your foot to slip on the pedal during operation, and serious acci-dent could result.

●Remove all loose personal items or other objects from the operator's area. Secure these items in
the tool box or remove them from the machine.

●Do not use cellular phone when operating or driving the machine.

●Do not bring hazardous articles, such as flammable or explosive products, into the cab.

-26 1-26 1- 26
-01
2.3.8 Handholds
3 and steps
3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-17
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
To avoid personal- injuries due to slipping or
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
falling_off
o the machine, follow the instructions o_ _d
i d i d do
u
gbelow: gu gui
●Before mounting or dismounting the ma-
chine, check the handholds and steps (in-
cluding catwalk). If oil, grease or mud, is found
on handholds or steps (including cat-walk), re-
move it immediately. Keep these components
clean. Repair them in case of any damage.
Tighten loosen bolts. Fig. 2-28

●To ensure safety, 6please face the machine

-2
and maintain -a01three-point contact (two feet 0 1 -26 1-26
023 or two hands and one foot) with 2023
-
02 3-0
and one hand
d 2 d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
handholds and steps in order to support
u
gyourself. gu
●Never mount or dismount the machine with a
tool in hand.

●Do not mount the engine hood or cover with-

out a non-slip mat.

2.3.9 Elevated work

6 place, use ladders or other supporting

When working in a-2high -26devices to ensure safe operation. 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 sitting on attachment
2.3.10_dNo 2 2
o o _d o _d
uid
gNever g uid g uid
allow anybody to sit on work equipment or other attachment, which can cause falling and
serious injury.

2.3.11 Articulated parts

The space around work equipment changes with the movement of the linkage. Serious personal
injury could result if one is stuck in between. Nobody is allowed to approach the rotating or retract-
ing/extending components.

1 - 26 the machine or lifting and transporting

When you are servicing
1 - 26 it near a hinging point, the boggie 1-26
0 be engaged.
lockign device-must
3 -0 3 -03
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
do_ do_ d o_
gui gui gui

2-18 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
2.3.12 Prevention of burns and scalds
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
2.3.12.1 Hot coolant
gu gu
• To prevent scalds caused by hot coolant or
steam when checking or discharging the
coolant, always wait for the engine coolant
to cool down before you proceed.
• Do not open the cap of radiator before the
engine cools down. Loosen the cap of the
radiator slowly before removing it. Internal
pressure of radiator must be relieved to
26 26 26
01- scalds.
avoid serious
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02 02 Fig. 2-29 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
2.3.12.2 Hot oil

• To prevent scalds caused by hot oil when

checking or discharging the oil, always wait
for the engine oil to cool down before you
proceed. When the engine has cooled
down, loosen the cover or screw plug slow-
ly to relieve internal pressure.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig. 2-30

1-26 1 -26 1- 26
02 3-0 02
0
- 2-31
3Fig. 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-19
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

0 3
2.3.13 Fire2and - explosion hazard
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Fire caused by fuel or oils ido_ _d
i d do
gui
2.3.13.1
gu gu
• Machine oil or fuel oil must be stored in des-
ignated place, where unauthorized per-
sons cannot enter.
• Do not smoke or use f re near fuel or ma-
chine oil.
• Tighten, repair or replace any missing,
loose or damaged pipe clips, pipelines, ho-
ses, oil coolers or other f ange bolts.
26 26 26
• 01- oils in a place with good
Refuel or store
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202
ventilation. 02 2-32
2Fig. 2 02
_d _ d _d
ido down the engine before refueling. guido
• Shut
g•uDo gui
do
not leave the machine when ref lling the
fuel or machine oil.
• Do not let fuel overflow onto overheated
surface or electrical components.
• Remove overflowed fuel or machine oil after
refilling.
• Store oily rags and flammable materials
properly to keep the jobsite safe.
• 6 of fuel tank and oil tank
Screw on the caps
2 6 26
1- 1-2
Fig. 2-33 1-
tightly.
23-0
0 is used to clean the parts, use 02 3-0 02 3-0
• When 2oil 2 2
_d _d _d
ido ammable oil. Do not use diesel oil
non-f
gugasoline g
do
uior gui
do
as they can easily catch on f re.
• All flammable materials should be moved to
a safe place before carrying out grinding or
welding operation on the chassis.
• Never weld or f ame cut the lines contain-
ing f ammable f uid.

2.3.13.2 Fire caused by f ammable materials

• 26 dry leaves, wood chips, paper pieces,

1-time
Remove at any 6
1-2 dirt and other flammable materials 1-26
3-0
02stuck on engine, exhaust manifold, battery
built up or 3-0
02 or interior of engine hood to prevent f re.
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ Fire caused by electric lines uid o_ d o_
gui gui
2.3.13.3
g
Short circuit of electrical system can cause f re.

2-20 -
 Safety

6 6 6
- 1-2 terminals clean and fastened.
• Keep electric
0 - 0 1-2 - 0 1-2
• Check
2 023power cables and electric lines for looseness,
2 023 2 023 each
entanglement, hardening or break
d d d
d o_ o_
id the presence or damage of wiring terminalo_
id cover.
gui •
day after operating for 8-10 hours. Check
gu gu
n case of slack or entangled power cables or electric wires, tighten the connections or wire clips,
and repair or replace broken wires.

2.3.13.4 Fire caused by hydraulic lines

• Check the clips, guards and gaskets of all hoses and pipes to see whether they are tightened in
position.
• In case of loosening, their vibration in op-eration may lead to friction against other components,
resulting damage of hose, ejection of high-pressure oil, disastrous f re or serious injury.
-26 -26 1- 26
-01 caused by illumination equip-ment
2.3.13.5 Fire
3 -01 3 3-0
02 02 202
_d2 d2 d
i d•o Anti-blast illumination equipment shall
i o_used to avoid explosion when checking
dbe i
_
dofuel, oil, elec-
g u u
trolyte, window cleaning deter-gentgor cooling f uid. g u
• Instructions in this manual must be fol-lowed when power outlet on the machine is used for
illumination.

2.3.13.6 Fire caused by heat shield

• Damage or missing of heat shield may lead to f re.

• In case of any abnormality, heat shield must be repaired or replaced prior to op-eration of
machine.
26 26 26
01- event of fire
2.3.14 In -the
3 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02 202 02
d2 _d _d
2
d o_ a fire breaks out, leave the machineoimmediately
When
d
by the following steps.
do
gui gui gui
• Turn the start switch to the OFF position and shut down the engine.
• Leave the machine with the help of hand-holds and step.

2.3.15 Windshield cleaning detergent

Use alcohol based detergent. Do not use methanol based detergent as it irritates eyes.

2.3.16 Ejecting parts

-26by the following itesm can cause serious-2injury,

Failure to abide
1
6
1 blindness or death:
1- 26
3-0
02 remove valve component. As the part20can
2 3-0 2 3-0
• Do
d 2not d d
be ejected, your body and face must20be away
d o_ o_ d o_ d
gui gui gui
from the valve.

- 2-21
 Safety

26
- 26
- the vent plug to re-lease pressure.01-26
• -01liquid. Wait for it to cool down before loosening
Gear oil is hot
3 3 -01 3 -
02 can be ejected, your body and face must
As the 2part 202 be away from the vent plug so as to2avoid
02
_d _d _d
gu ido
injury.
gui
do
gui
do

1-26 1-26 1-26

Fig. 2-34
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid Falling object protection do do
g2.3.17 gui gui
When the machine is operating in places
where the cab is likely to be hit or invaded by
falling objects, scattered materials and foreign
bodies, guard is necessary to protect
operator.

• In a coal mine or a quarry where falling ob-

jects are present, install falling object pro-
-26(FOPS) and front guard,
tective structure
0 1 0 1 -26 1-26
and apply23a-transparent glass film onto the
0 023
-
02 3-0
2
front_dwindow. The operator shall wear a _d
2 2
_d
ido hat and goggles.
guhard gui
do Fig. 2-35
gui
do
• Make sure other people are kept outside
the area where falling objects are possible
and maintain a safe distance.
• The above description is focused on typical
operating conditions. Other guards may be
required according to site conditions. Con-
tact your Sany distributor in advance in this
regard.
1-26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0
2.3.18 Attachment installation 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido
g•uInstallation
do
gui may involve safety issues or be limited
of optional parts or attachments idothe law. In
guby
this case, please contact your Sany distributor in advance.

2-22 -
 Safety

- 26 - 26 - 26
• -01no responsibility for the use of unauthorized
Sany has
3 -01 attachments and parts, hence the injury,
3 -01 3
202 and product failure.
accidents
d d2
02
d2
02
i d•o_Before installing and using machine attach-ments,
i do
_
i
read related instructions regarding
_
do the attach-
g u g u g u
ment and general precautions on attachment in this manual.

2.3.19 Cab windows glasses

• Broken cab windows at the side of the work equipment may expose the operator in direct contact
with the work equipment. In this case, stop operation immediately and replace the glasses.
• Broken or damaged window provides no protection to the operator. When the roof window is
damaged, replace it immediately with a new one.

2 6 26 26
01-
2.3.20 Unauthorized
-
modification
3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 023 202to safety problems, personal injury ord death.
202 Im-
d d
o_ _ _
Any modification unauthorized by Sany may lead
u i dproper u i dostrength and operator's view. Please ucontact
i do your Sany
g modification can affect g
ma-chine's g
distributor before making any modification. Sany assumes no respon-sibility for any accidents, fail-
ure or damage caused by unauthorized modif cation.

2.3.21 Worksite investigation

• Machine operation near flammable materials such as hay roof, dry leaves or grasses poses a f
re hazard. Be careful during operation.
• Check the terrain and ground condition and use the safest operating method. Do not operate in
areas with the6risk of landslide or falling stones.
• -2
01 ground when operating beside a ditch-0or
Solidify -the
-26
1 on road shoulders. Keep machine a-safe
01 -26
23
20 away from the ditch or road shoulder.
distance
23
20 Assign a signal man, when neces-sary,20to avoid 23
d _d _d
i d o_accidental injury. do do
gu gui gui
• When underground water mains, gas lines, cables or high-voltage electric wires are available on
the work site, inform related utili-ties providers and mark the area. Be careful not to cut or dam-
age any lines.
• Prevent any unauthorized personnel from entering the work site. Assign a signal man and fence
the work site when operating on a highway.
• Be especially alert when operating on frozen ground. Increase of ambient temperature may re-
sult in soft and slippery ground.
• When traveling or operating in shallow water or soft ground, check the type and condition of rock
26the depth and water flow prior to operation.
bed as well as
1- 26 1- 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-23
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26

- on loose ground - -
023 023 023
2.3.22 Operation
2 2 2
_d _d d
o_ ground
i do traveling or operating the machineunear
•uAvoid i do cliffs, road shoulders or trenches. The
u i dsoft
g in these areas plus the machine weightg and vibration may cause the machine togsink or tumble
down. The ground may become even softer after heavy rain, an explosion or an earthquake.
• When operating on a dam or near an excavated ditch, vibration and machine weight may trigger
a landslide. Prior to operation, take protective measures to prevent ma-chine from tumbling
down or falling over.

2.3.23 Overhead power cables

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-36

Cable Voltage Min. Safe Distance

100V-200V 1-26 1-2
2 m ( 7 ft) 6
1-26
023-0 3-0
m2( 7 ft)
20 02 3-0
6,600V 2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
22,000V 3 m ( 10 ft)
66,000V 4 m ( 14 ft)
154,000V 5 m ( 17 ft)
187,000V 6 m ( 20 ft)
275,000V 7 m ( 23 ft)
500,000V 12 m ( 36 ft)
Table 2-1

Do not travel or operate

1 - 26 your machine near
1 -26 1-26
power cables,-0 0
3 which may bring electrocution
02cause 023
-
02 3-0
hazard and
d 2 machine damage, personal
d 2 2
o_or death. The following steps are to be o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
injury
u
gfollowed gu
while working at where power cables
could be nearby.

2-24 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
• Prior02to3-operation in the vicinity of power ca- 023- 02 3-0
_ d 2 inform local power company of the
bles, _ d2 _d
2
do do do
gui coming operation and ask them to take gui nec- gui
essary measures.
• If the machine is too close to power cable,
electric shock is most likely to occur and
cause burns or death. A safe distance must
be kept between machine and the cable
(See the right table). Prior to operation,
communicate with local power company re-
garding safety measures.
6 26 26
• 1-2is to be assigned to send sig-
A signalman 1- 1-
3-0
nals0if2the machine is too close to the cable. 023-0 02 3-0
• _ d2 _d
2
_d
2
o Nobody is allowed to approach the oma-
do
guid chine gui
d
when operating near high-voltage gui
cables.
• If the machine is too close to the cable or
touches the cable, to prevent electric shock,
operator shall not leave the cab until power
is surely cut off. In addition, no-body is al-
lowed to approach the machine.
• To prevent accidents, wear rubber shoes
and rubber gloves during operation. Cover
26 26 26
01- seat with rubber sheet and
the operator’s
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2
pay20attention to exposed part of body that 202 202
_d _d _d
do should not touch the lower part of theidoma- do
gui chine. g u gui

2.3.24 Visibility

The machine is equipped with rearview mir-rors to improve the visibility of the operator. However,
some areas cannot be seen from the driver’s seat.

When driving or operating the machine in plac-es with poor visibility, uncertainty of worksite condi-
tion may cause machine damage and personal injury. Observe the following instructions when op-
erating or driving6 the machine in a place without a clear view.
6 6
- 0 1-2 - 0 1-2 - 0 1-2
• Check
2 023rear view mirrors on each workday. Remove
2 023 debris and adjust the view to en-sure2 023 good
d d d
i d o_visibility. i d o_ i d o_
gu • Working in a darkened area requires gu turn-ing on work lights and headlights of
guthe machine. Set
up auxiliary illumination in the worksite if necessary.

- 2-25
 Safety

26
- 26 26
• If a clear view
3 301- rain or sand storm for example, stop-01-
-01cannot be guaranteed in days with fog, -snow, 3
202
operation.
d d2
02
d2
02
_ _ In case of bad vision, a signalmanoshould
_
g ido shoulder or soft ground should beumarked.
•uRoad ido g uid g
be
available if necessary. Operator shall especially pay attention to the marks and follow the in-
struction of the signalman.
• Before operation, make sure all the work-ers understand the signals and gestures.

2.3.25 Ventilation

• Engine exhaust gas can be fatal. If the en-gine must be started, or if fuel, cleaning oil or paint
must be handled in an enclosed area, to prevent gas poisoning, doors and windows shall be
kept open to ensure sufficient ventilation.
26 2 6 2 6
• 01in- environment with poison-ous gas or under
Never operate
3- 01- ground. When you have to operate01-
3- 3-
202 in such an environ-ment, wear filter 2mask
the machine 02 and ensure good ventilation.
d2
02
_d _d o_
do do d
gui
2.3.26 Asbestos gui gui

Inhalation of asbestos dust can cause lung

cancer. There is the danger of inhaling asbes-
tos dust when engaging in tear-down opera-
tion or handling of industrial wastes at work-
site. The following rules must be followed.

• Water, instead of compressed air, shall be

used to clean the dust.
26 26 26
• 01- asbestos dust, operate
If the air contains
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 following the wind. All persons
the machine 202 202
_d d
_ Fig. 2-37 _d
ido wear acceptable f lter mask.
shall
g•uNobody g uid
o
gui
do
is allowed to approach the ma-
chine during operation.
• The regulations, rules and environment cri-
terion at worksite shall be observed.

WARNING
• No asbestos is used in this machine. But
aftermarket parts could contain as-bestos,
which, if inhaled too
6 much, can cause lung
2 26 26
01- Therefore, use only the
problem or -death.
3-0
1-
3-0
1-
23
20 components supplied by Sany.
parts and 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-26 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
2.3.27 Alternate exit
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_If the cab door fails to open in an emergen-
o_ _d
i d• i d do
gu cy, use the escape hammer to break gu the gui
window.
• Remove the pieces of glass from the win-
dow frame before escaping. Be careful with
the broken glass to avoid being cut. Pay at-
tention to the debris on the ground, which
may cause you to slip and fall.

1-26 26
Fig. 2-38
1- 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o Operation Safety _d _d
d2.4 do do
gui gui gui
2.4.1 Safe starting

2.4.1.1 Safe mounting

When you mount or dismount the machine:

• Always face the machine and maintain a

three-point contact (one hand and two feet
or two hands and one foot).
6 26 26
• 1-2 on/off the machine. Do not
Never jump 1- 1-
3-0
02 a moving machine.
mount 02 3-0 02 3-0
• _ d 2not use any control lever as handhold._d 2 _d
2
do Do
do do
gui • Remove the mud, oil dirt and water gui from gui
pedal, handholds and your soles at any
time. Fig. 2-39

• The cab must be aligned with the under-

carriage centerline before you enter or exit
the cab.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-27
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

2.4.1.2 Seat
023
-
adjustment
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d d
seat position can easily lead ito do
gui
Inappropriate
u
goperator u
fatigue and operation mistakes.gThe
seat should be repositioned when operator of
the machine is changed. When operator leans
against the backrest, he/she should be able to
push the pedals to bottom with foot and ma-
neuver the control levers correctly. Or you
have to readjust the seat by moving it forward
or backward.

1-26 Fig. 2-40 26

1- 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 202
o_ Seat belt
2.4.1.3 _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
If the machine tips over, operator may be in-
jured or thrown out of the cab, or crushed by
the machine, causing serious injury or death.
Before operating the machine, examine your
seat belt, the buckles and the anchor point.
Replace the seat belt if damage or excessive
wear is observed. When you are operating the
machine, always sit in the seat and fasten the
seat belt to prevent accidents.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
Seat belt shall
0 23- be replaced every three years 2Fig. 0
-
232-41 02 3-0
2 2
_d of its condition.
regardless
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-28 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
2.4.1.42When- you start the engine
023
-
023-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_Before starting the engine, make sureidthere
o_ _d
i d• do
gu is nobody on, under and around gthe u
ma-
gui
chine. Sound the horn to give warning when
you start the engine.
• You shall only start or operate the machine
from the operator seat.
• Nobody else except operator is allowed to
stay on the machine.
• Never start the engine in a way that could
6 of start motor, which can
cause short 2circuit 26 26
-
cause 3not01-only potential hazards but also 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
d 202 damage. 2 02 2 02
machine
_ _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig. 2-42
gui

2.4.1.5 Starting the machine safely

To understand the correct starting steps see related instructions in the Operation section.

• Sit in the operator seat and adjust the seat so that you could maneuver all controls easily.
• Know all warning devices, instrument and control devices.
• Put all controls in neutral/parking position.
6 26 26
• 1-2area should be clear of peo-ple.
The working 1- 1-
• Start023-0 2 3-0
the engine as required by the opera-tion 0manual. 023-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
d2.4.1.6 do do
gui gui
Starting engine in cold weather
gui
• Sufficient warm-up operation is necessary. Incomplete warming up may result in slow reaction
and accidents.
• Before starting, check the battery electrolyte. In case of frozen electrolyte, do not charge the bat-
tery or use alternative power source to start the engine; instead, melt the electrolyte first. Other-
wise, f re may break out on the battery.

2.4.1.7 Engine starting aid

Using a jumper 6
-2cable -26 the instruction specified in this manual.
to start the engine re-quires following -26
0 1 0 1 0 1
2 0 2 -
Improper3handling
2 0 2 - of machine control, resulting in personal
may cause battery explosion or 3loss
2 0 23- in-
jurydor death. Never use jumper cables to start
o _ o _d the engine unless necessary. Contact o _d your Sany
guiddistributor before such an attempt. uid g guid

- 2-29
 Safety

1- 26 - 26 - 26
• -0cables
Using jumper
3 -01 working together with one seated in-01
to start the engine needs two persons
3 3
202 seat and the other handling the battery.
the operator
d 202
d d2
02
_ _ _
i do goggles and rubber gloves before starting
•uWear u i do the engine with jumper cables. uido
g• When connecting a normal machine withg a faulty machine with jumper cables, battery
g voltage of
the two machines shall be the same. Be careful not to allow the two ma-chines to contact with
each other.
• Turn both start switches to the OFF posi-tion when connecting the two machines. Otherwise, the
machines may move and cause danger when power is on.
• Start with the positive terminal when con-necting the jumper cable. Start with the ground or neg-
ative terminal when discon-necting the jumper cables.
• When disconnecting the jumper cable, take care not to allow the clips of jumper cable to contact
with each other or6with the machine.
0 1 -26
-2used for cold start, which is extremely01flammable 0 1 -26
3-
Ether is a liquid
02on 023
- and explosive. Read the -
in-
023
d 2
structions the ether container before application.
d 2 d 2
i
Dod o_not use ether if the engine is equipped i d o_ with a spark-plug preheater or other
i d o_forms of
gupreheater. gu gu

2.4.1.8 After starting the engine

Run the engine at low idle for 3 to 5 minutes after starting, and check the running param-eters and
make sure they are normal and all readings are within normal working ranges.

2.4.2 Operation

2.4.2.1 Inspection before operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26

2 0 23-
• When conducting inspection, move the machine to a
2 0 23-spacious area without barri-ers and2oper-
0 23-
_d Any other person is not allowed too_approach
ate slowly.
o
d the machine.
o _d
i d i d i d
g•uBe sure to fasten the seat belt. gu gu
• Check that the gauges and machine op-eration are normal; check that the bucket, arm, boom,
drive system, hydraulic system and braking system are normal.
• Check for abnormal noise, vibration, heat-ing, odor or gauge reading; check oil or fuel for
leakage.
• With gearbox in neutral position, test the engine speed control device; operate each control lever
and make sure hey work properly. Understand the control mode of work equipment.
• In case of any abnormality, stop operation and take corrective measures immediately.

1-26 CAUTION -26

1 1-26
• 3-0
Observe 2the machine and listen carefully for abnormal
2 3-0 2
noise. In case of fault or abnormality, 3-0
d 20 d 20 d 20
d o_ down the machine immediately. Do noto_operate the machine until corrective measures
shut
d o_ are d
guitaken. gui gui

2-30 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
2.4.2.22Precautions before operation
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ prevent serious injury or death, observe
o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
To
gu the items below before operating gu the
machine.

• Working area (hazardous area) of the ma-

chine is an area that covers a sphere 7 me-
ters from the machine. Sound the horn be-
fore operation so as to warn people within
the sphere.
• Nobody is allowed to enter the hazard-ous
-26 may allow one person to 26 26
Fig. 2-43
area. Operator
1 1- 1-
3-0
2 the hazardous area, but he/she must 3-0 3-0
202 02
stay0in
d 2 d 2
o_take extra caution and shall not oper-ate
o_ _d
d id do
gui u this
the machine only when he/she cangsee gui
person or know the person's position.
• Assign a signalman where the view is poor.

2.4.2.3 Safety rules for turning

• Always drive and operate the machine in a

seated position.
• Nobody is allowed in the cab except the

26 26 26
operator.
01- travel alarm works.
• Check 3if-the 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 secure the cab door or windows, ei-d 202
• Always
d 202
o_ o_ _d
d id f do
gui gui
ther open or closed. At worksite where
gu
ying objects may get into the cab, check if
the doors and windows are properly shut.
• Make sure there is no person or barrier Fig. 2-44
within the working range of machine before
reversing. Sound the horn to give warning. WARNING
• Be alert of that nobody else shall enter the • During reverse or swivel operation, people
working area. When you are about to turn around the machine may get hit by the
the machine, be very careful not to run into counterweight or work equip-ment, resulting
26 or personnel.
other machine in 2 6 26
01- operation where your sight is 3-01- 1-
serious injury or even death.
-
• In reversing
3 3-0
d 202 arrange a signalman to give com-d 202 202
screened,
_ _ _d
i do mand and keep him within your sight.uido do
g u g gui

- 2-31
 Safety

- 26 1-26 1-26
• -01 requires a signalman, use
When the job
3 3-0 3-0
202 in accordance with local regu-
hand signals 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido
lations.
g•uOnly g uid
o
gui
do
when the signalman and operator
clearly know the meaning of signals can the
machine be moved.
• Understand the meaning of flag, signals
and marks used for the job and decide who
is responsible to give signals.
• Keep windows, rearview mirrors and work
lamps clean and intact.
• 6 fog may reduce vis-ibi-
Dust, heavy rain and
26 26
0 1-2 and 1- 1-
lity. Drive 3 -
slowly
02 visibility.
use proper lights in
023-0 02 3-0
case dof2low 2 2
o_ _d _d
uid do do
g2.4.2.4 Safety rules for traveling gui gui

• To prevent machine breakdown and avoid

damage of work equipment due to over-
loading during operation, do not operate the
machine beyond its maximum load or rated
capacity.
• When driving or operating the machine,
keep the machine a safe distance away
6 26 26
1-2
from people, building or other machine so 1- 1-
3-0
02 collision. 3-0 3-0
as to avoid
d 2 d 202 202
• When _ _ _d
i do traveling on a highway, contact ure-
i do Fig. 2-45 do
u
g lated departments in advance and follow
g gui
their instructions.
• When traveling on flat ground, the work
equipment should be retracted and kept H=
450-500 mm (17-20 in.) off the ground.
• When traveling on rough ground, the ma-
chine shall move at a low speed and avoid
sudden change of direction, or the machine
may tumble down. If the work equipment
26 1-2
6 26
01- the machine will lose bal-
hits the ground,
3-
Fig. 2-46
3-0 3-0
1-
202get damaged.
ance and 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido traveling on rough ground or on
• When
gusteep g u idao gui
do
slope, the auto-deceleration switch (if
equipped) shall be switched off. If auto-idle

2-32 -
 Safety

26 26 26
01- engine speed and travel speed
is activated,
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 suddenly.
20drop
may 2 02 202
_d _d _d
d•o Avoid traveling over a barrier if possible.
ido If do
gui g u
you have to do that, lower the work equip- gui
ment close to the ground and drive slowly.
Never let the machine travel on a barrier
that would make it tilt sharply.
• Check first the structural strength of a
bridge or a building before driving the ma-
chine on it.
• Operate slowly when working in a tunnel,
6 or power cables. Take care
under a bridge
-2 26 26
-01 1- 1-
not to damage
23
anything with work equip-
023-0 02 3-0
20
ment. 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui 2.4.2.5 Safe traveling gui gui
• When you are driving the machine on a
slope, keep the lower boom pin of work
equipment 450~500 mm (17~20 in.) off the
ground. In case of an emergency, the work
equipment could be lowered to ground im-
mediately to help stop the machine.

1- 26 WARNING 1-26 1- 26
3-0
02 the machine on a slope may cause 202
• Driving 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_it to slip or tip over, resulting in serious _in- _d
d do do
gui jury or death. g u i gui
• Drive the machine straight up or down a
slope. Never turn it on slope or traverse a
slope in order to prevent tipping over. Al-
ways drive the machine down to a flat
ground, reposition the machine and then
drive it up the slope.
• Drive at low speed on meadow, fallen
-26 steel plate because even a
leaves or wet
1-26 1- 26
small2 -01
3grade 3-0 3-0
0 could cause the machine to
02 02
_ d2
slip. _d
2
_d
2
d o do do
gui gui gui

- 2-33
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
2.4.2.6 Machine - operation on slope
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d on slope may cause the machineo_d _d
do
•uTraveling d do
g to tip over or slide aside. Be very careful.gui
i gui
• The bucket should be kept 450~500 mm
(17~20 in.) off ground while the ma-chine is
traveling on a slope.
• In case of emergency, lower the bucket to
ground immediately to help stopping the
machine.
• Never turn on a slope or traverse a slope.
• 26down to flat ground in or-
Drive the machine Fig. 2-47 26 26
01- operations.
der to f nish3-these 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 down a slope, never shift the d 202
• In traveling
d 202
_ _ _d
i do or put the gearbox in neutral posi-tion.
i do do
g ugear
g u gui
It is dangerous to not use the braking power
of engine. Place the gearbox to low speed
when you begin to travel downhill.
• When traveling down a slope, use the brak-
ing force of engine and travel at low speed.
Braking pedal can also be used, when nec-
essary, to control travel speed at the same
time when braking force of en-gine is
applied.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
023
• Do not travel - at high speed on meadow, fall-
023
-
02 3-0
2
d or wet steel plate, as which can _d 2 2
o_
en leaves _d
i d ido
gucause the machine to slide aside even ifguthe gui
do
angle is small. So travel at low speed and
straight up/down a slope.
• When engine stalls on a slope during trav-
eling, immediately pedal down the brake to
the bottom, lower the bucket to ground and
apply parking brake to hold the machine in
position.
• When the bucket is loaded in traveling up/
-26the bucket in uphill di-rec-
down a slope, 1put 1-26 1-26
3-0
02 traveling (i.e. driving forward up
tion during 023-0 02 3-0
_ d 2and reverse down). _d
2
_d
2
o
a slope
ido do
uid
g• gu
When the machine is traveling on a slope gui
with a load in bucket, it is possible to tip
over if the bucket faces downhill direction.
2-34 -
 Safety

- 26 1-26 1- 26
• -01 recommendation on maximum
Follow the
3 3-0 3-0
202
permissible angles. Failure to do so will im- 202 202
_d _d _d
do pair machine function (such as lubrication)
uid
o do
gui g
and damage to the machine could result.
gui
• Maximum permissible angle
• See the right figure to understand how each
angle (A and B) affects the machine.

6 26 26
1-2
2.4.2.7 Operation in snowy weather 1- 1-
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
d2
•o_Snow-covered _ d 2 Do not manipulate the control lever
or frozen surfaces are slip-pery. _ d 2suddenly
d o d o d
gui gui Extra attention should be paid to operation
when driving or operating the machine. gui on a slope
because even small inclination could cause the machine to slip.
• Frozen surface becomes soft when ambi-ent temperature rises. Travel condition is therefore un-
stable. In this case, take extra care during traveling.
• Road shoulders and roadside objects will be buried in snow after heavy snow and are hardly
identified. Be careful when sweeping snow.
• Use anti-skid chains on tires when travel-ing on snow-covered road.
• Never apply brake suddenly when travel-ing on snow-covered slope. It is to reduce travel speed
and use engine as brake and pedal down the pedal brake intermittently for several times. Lower
6 the machine when necessary.
-2stop 26 26
the bucket1to 1- 1-
• Ground 3-0
02 adhering force changes consider-ably0due 3-0
2 to impact of snow. It is therefore necessary
02 to 3-0
_ d 2 the load accordingly so as to prevent
_
2
d the _ d2
do ido the snow-covered road shoulder and do
adjust machine from skidding during traveling.
gui • When cleaning the snow, it is hard gtousee guiob-jects near the
road. There is danger for your machine to tip over or hit the covered objects. Therefore, please
operate with ex-treme caution.

2.4.2.8 Operation in water or swamp

TIP:

Water level shall not exceed wheel hub, drive shaft and the bottom edge of seal of rear axel pendu-
lum bearing.

01
When the -machine
-26 -26
01 shall not exceed the center of wheel3-hub.
01 -26
3 3 -
is crossing a water area, water level
02 is turbid, there may be barriers or 2hazardous
If the2water 02 2
pits under water. If you are not20sure the
d d d
o_ is safe, avoid operation in such areas.
idwork ido
_
ido
_
gu gu gu
After operation in shallow water, all immersed lubrication points (grease) must be lubricated to
squeeze out water.
- 2-35
 Safety

26 26 26
01- has penetrated into gear-box or axles.
Check that no water
- 01- 3- 3-0
1-
2 023 02 02
d d2 _d
2
2.4.2.9
i d o_ Working in cold weather do_ do
gu gui gui
WARNING
• Crushing hazard.
• Hydraulic system under low tempera-ture may react slowly and cause unex-pected movement
of the machine.

Carefully operate the machine until the hy-draulic system reaches working temperature.

Read instructions on starting under low tem-perature.

26 door windows shall be free from ice or2snow

The cab windows and
1-
6 before you use the ma-chine.
1- 1- 26
3-0
Be careful20of2 the parts that skid easily. You shall only
3-0
2 on anti-skid parts. 02 3-0
20step 2
o _d _d _d
uid ice and snow on door and window
gRemove ido ice scraper. Long-handle ice scraper
guwith idoladder can
guor
be used when necessary.

WARNING
• Frostbite hazard.
• Exposed skin may be frozen on cold metal, which could lead to injury.
• Use personal protective equipment to handle cold objects.

WARNING 6
1 - 26 1 -2 1 -26
0 0 0
23- 23- 23-
• Electrocution hazard.
2 0
• Part_dof your body in contact with electri-f ed machine2 0 2 0
o o _d will cause personal injury.
o_
d
• i d i d i d
gu Switch off the electric heater of engine
gu
before operating the machine.
gu
2.4.2.10 Restricted operation

• Never dig under an overhang, which may lead to falling stones, or even collapse of overhang,
serious accidents could result.
• Never break anything with the impact force of work equipment as broken pieces could lead to
personal injury, the work equipment could be damaged, and the counter-action of impact force
could roll over your ma-chine.
• Lifting, moving or 6
swinging the bucket shall never pass over6anybody or a truck's cab. The falling
0 1 -2 0 1 -2 0 1 -26
23-
from the bucket or collision of buckets3-could result in per-sonal injury or machine
23-
of substances
2 0 2 0 2 2 0
_d d d
damage.
ido lift or transport personnel, which gcan
•guNever i d o_ personal injury or death. i d o_
u cause
gu
• Never extend or retract the boom cylinder suddenly as which may cause the machine to tip over
due to impact.

2-36 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
023
-
2.4.3 Parking the machine
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
2.4.3.1 Select a parking place
gu
• Park your machine on a solid and flat
surface.
• Park the machine in an area free of such
hazards as falling stones or landslide. If the
terrain is low, park it in a relatively higher
place.
• Park the machine on a level surface if pos-
sible. If you have to park the machine on a
26 26 26
01- the wheels to prevent it from
slope, chock
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 Lower the bucket onto ground.
moving. 2 02 Fig. 2-48 202
_d _d _d
d•o Do not park your machine on a roaduunder-
ido do
gui g
going construction. If you have to park your gui
machine in such a place, flags are to be
used on daytime and signal lamps at night
to warn other people or vehicles according
to local regulations.

2.4.3.2 Machine shutdown

1. TIP:
6
-2 the battery's negative switch 6 26
Never turn 1
0 off
0 1-2 1-
-
023 engine is running, or the electrical 2023
while the
-
02 3-0
2
d could be damaged. d 2
o_ o_ _d
do
system
d d
gui gui gui
1. Release the accelerator pedal and reduce
engine speed.

2. Brake the machine. When the machine

stops, place the gear to neutral position.

3. Lower the bucket onto ground.

4. Apply parking brake when the machine is

fully stopped.
1-26 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
• 202turning off the engine, allow it to run 202
Before 202
_d _d _d
doat low idle for 3-5 minutes in or-der touensure
ido do
gui g
suff cient lubrication and cooling of the
gui
turbocharger.

- 2-37
 Safety

26 26 26
01- key counterclockwise to
5. Turn the ignition
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02 control light. The engine is
turn off 2the 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do off. do do
gui gui gui
switched

When your are leaving the machine, maintain

a three point contact with the machine and
face the machine. Never jump onto/off the
ma-chine.

2.4.3.3 Parking

• Park the machine on a level ground if pos-

sible.
6 26 26
• 1-2 sure that all switches and
Check and make 1- 1-
3-0
2 OFF or in neutral position.
controls20are 023-0 02 3-0
_ d parking brake and remove the igni- _d 2 _d
2
ido
• Apply
gution g u ido gui
do
key after the machine comes to a full
stop.
• If the machine is not going to be used for a
period of time, disconnect the power sup-
ply with battery cutoff switch.
• Make sure the cooling system and clean-
ing detergent will not be frozen under zero
Celsius degree when the machine is
parked.
- 26 1-26 1-26
• -01 caps, windows and door.
Lock all covers,
3-0 3-0
2 023 202 202
Remember_ d that the risk of being stolen or in- _ d _d
i do can be minimized if the following pointsi do do
g u
truded g u gui
are observed:

• Remove the ignition key when the machine

is unattended.
• Lock the door and engine hood when a
work shift is over.
• Cut off power supply with battery cutoff
switch and lock the battery box.
• Avoid parking the machine in an area where
- 26 1-26 1-26
-01 intrusion and van-dalism is
the risk of theft,
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
high.
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
g idonot leave valuable articles (such as mo-
•uDo
guid
o
gui
do
bile phone, computer, radio communication
equipment and handbag) in the cab.

2-38 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
Long parking - and machine shutdown
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
Ifo_the machine is not used everyday, all dcylin-
o_ _d
i d i do
gu gu
ders should be well protected against erosion. gui
• The temperature shall not be lower than
-40℃or higher than +70℃.
• Check and make sure that the batteries
have been fully charged.
• Execute the above measures.
• Clean the machine and repair the paint
against rusting.
• -26 agent to exposed parts;
01 lubricate the machine; grease 3-01-
Apply anti-rusting 26 1- 26
3 - 3-0
202 surfaces of such as lift cylindersd 202 02
completely
d 2
_paint-free _ _d
i do or dump cylinders. i do do
g u g u gui
• Refill the fuel tank and hydraulic tank to the
maximum mark.
• Cover the exhaust pipe (when parked out-
doors).
• Remove the fuse of voltage converter, or
the battery has the risk of discharging.
• Check tire pressure and protect the tires
against intense sunlight.
-26
1 long parking and machine
0after 01 -26 1- 26
Inspection
3 - 3 - 3-0
202
shutdown 202 202
_d _d _d
do uid
o do
gui • Level of engine oil and other oil andgliquid; gui
• Tension of all belts;
• Air pressure;
• Air filters;
• Install the fuse of voltage converter.

• If the machine is applied with protec-tive agent such as antirust paint for long parking, follow the
instructions of manufacturer on safety measures and method of removal.

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-39
 Safety

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
023
-
2.4.4 Transportation
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_transportation of the machine _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
Before
gu

1-26 Fig. 2-49 26

1- 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-50

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-51

-26
WARNING -26 -26
0 1 0 1 0 1
3-
• Tip-over02hazard. 023
-
023
-
2 2 2
_dmachine tips over after getting on the otrailer,
• If othe _d serious injury or death could result.o_d
i d i d d
g•u Make sure the trailer is braked and chocked.
gu Secure the loading ramps to prevent guithe machine
from tipping over or tilting.

2-40 -
 Safety

1-26 1-26 1- 26
NOTE: 2 3-0 3-0 3-0
d 20 d 202 202
o_prevent air from being pushed in via the _ _d
i dTo i doex- do
u u
g haust pipe during transportation, it should
g be gui
plugged with suitable (non-plastic) protective
object (C) to protect the turbocharg-er against
damage.

On another vehicle

• If the machine is lifted onto another ve-

hicle, the frame joints must be locked.
• Use special lift points.
2 6 26 26
• 1-hinging
Lock frame point. 1- 1-
• Do not 3-0
02 lock frame joints when driving the 02 3-0 02 3-0
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
do machine onto another vehicle. First
do
lock the
do
gui frame joints after driving the machine
gui onto gui
transportation vehicle.
• Tie down the machine.

Passing the ramps

• Check the ramps if they are wide and strong

enough and if they are tough enough and
will not displace.

26
Lifting the machine
1- 1-26 1- 26
NOTE:02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dBefore do do
gui g i gui
you lift a machine with a full rearuguard,
engine hood must be opened for connection
with lifting equipment.

• Use special lift eye hoist. Frame hinging

point must be locked before hoisting.

Tying down the machine

• Chock the wheels (B).

• Tie down the machine with special tie-down
6 26 26
1-2 it from tipping over.
points to prevent 1- 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-41
 Safety

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
2.4.5 Battery
023
-
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu WARNING gui gui
• Electrolyte is a strong acid. If electrolyte
contacts your clothing or skin, f ush im-me-
diately with plenty of water.
• Electrolyte may cause blindness. Flush im-
mediately with plenty of clean water when
electrolyte gets into your eyes and seek
medical attention.

6
Preventing batter-induced
-2
hazards Fig. 2-52 26 26
3 - 0 1
3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 and explosive gases. Improper d 202 02
Electrolyte contains sulfuric acid, which gives
d 2
_
off f ammable _ _d
i do may cause personal injury or fire. i do do
g u
handling g u gui
Observe the instructions below when handling
battery:

• Never smoke or use f re near a battery.

• Turn the engine ignition key to the OFF po-
sition before working on the battery.
• Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves
when handling battery. Fig. 2-53

To prevent battery
0 1 -26explosion, the following 1- 26 1-26
23-observed during operation:
items must be
0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido allow tools and other metal parts
• Never
gucontact g
too
uid gui
do
with battery terminals. Keep tools or
metal parts away from batteries.
• Stop the engine and wait for one minute be-
fore you proceed. Always disconnect the
grounding terminal (negative (-) ) first. To
connect battery cables, always begin with
the positive (+) terminal, and then connect
the negative (-) terminal. Ensure all termi-
6
nals are securely connected.
-2 26 26
-01 1- 1-
• Battery temperature
23
rises when it is be-ing
023-0 02 3-0
20 When battery temperature ex-
charged. 2 2
_d _d _d
do 45°C, stop charging and wait till it iis
do do
gui gui
ceeds
gu
at ambient temperature. Reduce the

2-42 -
 Safety

1- 26
charging 0current 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0
by half and continue the
3-
202 process.
charging 202 202
_d _d _d
d•o A battery being charged may give off idf oam- do
gui g u
mable gases. Before charging a battery, re- gui
move it from the undercarriage, put it in
well-ventilated area and remove the cap.
• If acid squirts out of battery vent during
charging, stop charging immediately.
• Never smoke and keep flames or sparks
out when charging.
• When the battery has been fully charged, a
6 will be on. Stop the charg-
green indicator
-2 26 26
-01 at this time. 1- 1-
ing process
3 3-0 3-0
202 the battery cover after charging. d 202
• Restore
d 202
o_ o_ _d
uid• Put the battery back to its original position.
uid do
g g gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-43
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

2.4.6 Towing
023
-
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_towing a damaged machine, improper o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
When
u
goperation gu
or use of unacceptable wire cable
could lead to serious accident:

• Do not tow the machine on a slope.

• Wear protective gloves and a hard hat
when using wire ropes.
• Check the strength of wire cable and make
sure it could bear the weight of machine.
• Do not use ropes with broken wires (A), re-
6 and twisting (C). Such
duced diameter-2(B) Fig. 2-54 26 26
1 1- 1-
3-0
02 break when towing.
ropes may 023-0 02 3-0
d 2stand between the towing machine _d 2
• Doo_not _d
2
id
guand ido
the towed machine during towingguop- gui
do
eration.
• Operate the machine slowly. Do not add
load to the wire cable suddenly.

Fig. 2-55

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig. 2-56

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-44 -
 Safety

1-26 1 -26 1- 26
02 3-0 WARNING
023
- 0
023-0
d2
•o_Machine out of control can be fatal. _d
2
_ d2
d
gui • Failure of braking function or steering ido do
gui due to loss of
gu function can cause serious injury or death
control of the ma-chine.
• If the engine cannot be started, the tow-ing shall only be performed by trained personnel in case
of emergency at very low towing speed for a possibly short distance. Carry the machine with a
trail-er if possible.

Measures

• Run the engine if possible, so that the ma-

chine can be braked or steered.
2 6 26 26
• 01- cannot be started or pres-sure
If the engine
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
d 202 by parking brake cannot be formed 202
required
d 2 02
o_due to other factors, it can be dis-engaged
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu mechanically. See parking brake gfor u me- gui
chanical disengagement.

Retrieval

• Tow the machine with a tow bar or other

suitable way to a suitable position or a road
suitable for traffic.
• When the machine is towed backward, the
tow bar under counterweight for tying down
26 26 26
01- can be used.
the machine
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 the
• When
d
machine is towed forward, the 202 2 02
o_ _d _d
gui
d idocan
special tie-down eye beside front axle
gu gui
do
be used.

Towing

• The tow car or machine shall have a weight

at least equivalent to that of the towed, and
enough engine power and braking capacity
to meet the needs of towing machine on a
slope.
• Only tow the 6machine when you have to in
26 26
-2
01 damaging the gearbox. 1- 1-
order to-avoid
3 3-0 3-0
202a towing distance is more than 10 kmd 202
• When
d 2 02
o_ o_ _d
d or the towing speed is more than 10id do
gui gui
km/h,
gu
both front and rear drive shafts must be

- 2-45
 Safety

- 26
disconnected.01Alternatively, 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0
you can trans-
port the20 2 3- 02 02
machine with a trailer. 2 2
_d _d _d
ido
• Connection
gufor
is performed in appropriate way
g u ido gui
do
retrieval.

NOTE:

• It is impossible to start the engine by tow-

ing.
• Abide by related national laws and regula-
tions.

Disconnecting the drive shafts

1-26 1 -26 1 -26

02 3-0 WARNING
023
- 0
023
- 0
• Machine 2
d out of control is hazardous. d 2 d 2
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
g•u Inappropriate retrieving or towing meth-od
gu or machine failure can cause the machine
gu to detach
from towing vehicle, hence serious personal injury or death.
• When you are connecting and fixing the towing equipment, always apply the parking brake and
chock the wheels to prevent the machine from moving.

1. Park the machine in a place for mainte-

nance.

2. Chock the wheels with proper tools (such

as wedges). 1-26 1-26 1-26
0 23-0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 all brakes.
3. Release
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do uid
o do
u
g4. Remove bolts of transmission shaft andgdis- gui
connect the transmission shaft from the drive
shaft.

After retrieving/towing

The following safety measures shall be taken

before removing the tow bar or towing cable.

1. Park the machine on a level ground if pos-

sible.
1-26 1-26 1-26
0 23-0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2the wheels to prevent it moving.
2. Chock
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do ido do
u
g3. If it was gu
disengaged mechanically, restore gui
the parking brake.

2-46 -
 Safety

26 26 26
01-transmission shaft.
4. Restore the
3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 0 23- 202 2 02
d
NOTE: The parking brake is disabled afterd _d
i o_
ddisconnecting the transmission shaft.uid
o_ do
g u g If the
gui
parking brake is not restored after machine
parking, you must tag the steering wheel to in-
dicate that the parking brake is disabled.

Connector on counterweight

The maximum instantaneous force acting on

counterweight towing device (including at-
tach-ment) shall not be more than the follow-
ing val-ues:
0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
-
023 force: 168 kN
• Horizontal 02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
•o_Perpendicular force: 10 kN
o _d _d
i d uid do
gu
The towing device is only g
used on work site gui
for temporary transportation of articles re-
quired by the machine, such as attachment,
tools, fuel and engine oil. New gross weight
(machine plus loaded trailer without brake)
shall not ex-ceed the maximum weight of
machine.

2.5 Maintenance
6 Safety
1-2 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0
2.5.1 Precautions before maintenance 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o prevent accidents: _d _d
dTo do do
gui gui gui
• Understand maintenance procedure before operation.
• Keep a clean and dry working area.
• Do not spray water or steam in the cab.
• Never add lubricant and carry out other maintenance work when the machine is moving.
• Keep your hands, feet and clothing away from rotating parts.

2.5.2 Work area preparation

6 6 6
• 1-2 work, select a clean and flat area1-with
For maintenance 2 plenty of space, ample sun-light and
1-2
3-0
good02ventilation. 3-0 3-0
d 2 d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i d•o Clean the working area by removingufuel,
i do lubricant and water, and covering slippery
u i do ground with
g sand or other absorptive mate-rials.g g
• Do not leave your hammer or other tools at the working area.

- 2-47
 Safety

26
1- working area cannot be guaranteed,-0there 26
1- would be hazards of slipping, stum--01- 26
• -0tidy
If a clean and
3 3 3
202falling, thus result-ing in personal injury.202
bling and
d2
02
_d _d o_
do do d
gui
2.5.3 Engine shutdown steps before maintenancegui gui

• When you are servicing and maintain-ing the machine, park it on a level ground where should
be free from hazards such as falling stones and landslide. It should be also without the risk of
flood if the terrain is low. Stop the engine.
• After stopping the engine, move work equipment control lever to the UP and DOWN positions
several times in order to release remaining pressure in hydrau-lic lines. Lower the work equip-
ment onto ground and then lock the control lever with the locking device.
• Pull up the parking brake solenoid valve to engage the brake. Put wedges under the wheels.
6
-2 rear frames with the bumper. 26 26
• Lock the front01 1- 1-
3-0 3-0
and
23- 2 and do not be hit or seized by moving
• Be very20careful
d 20work
when you perform mainte-nance 202
_ _d _d
do
parts. do do
gui gui gui
2.5.4 Prepare yourself

Only approved personnel can maintain or re-

pair the machine. An observer can be as-
signed when necessary.

• Wear protective clothing and shoes neces-

sary for the job.
• Wear a face shield when removing spring
- 26 1- 26 1-26
-01 or adding acid to battery.
or elastic parts,
3
2 hat and goggles when you 3-0 3-0
Wear a20hard 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido or cut with a torch.
weld
g•uWhen g uid
o
gui
do
compressed air is used for cleaning, Fig. 2-57
flying particles may cause personal injury.
In this case, wear goggles, dust-preventive
mask, gloves and other protective gear.
• When using a hammer to strike hard metal
parts such as pin, bucket teeth, cutting
edge or shaft, the flying of parts and metal
pieces may cause bodily injury. Therefore,
6 gloves and ensure the
wear goggles and
-2 -26 26
0 1 0 1 1-
surrounding
0 23-
area is clear of any other
0 23- 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d Fig. 2-58 _d
people.
o
d not carry out grinding, flame cuttinguior
d o do
gui gui
• Do g
welding without an aspirator and ventilation
equipment. If you have to do welding work

2-48 -
 Safety

26 26 26
01-
on this machine,
3-
read related instructions
3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2
and20understand correct operating proce- 202 202
_d _d _d
do dure. ido do
gui • Loud noise may impair your g u
hearing per- gui
manently or temporarily. When maintaining
the engine, wear ear covers or ear plugs if
you have to work in loud noise for a long
time.
• Wear rubber apron and rubber gloves when
handling corrosive materials. Wear heavy
gloves when handling wooden ma-terials,
wire ropes or 6
26 26
sharp-edged metals.
1-2 1- 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2.5.52Lockout and tag-out measures 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui • When the operator is maintaining or
gurefuel- gui
ing the machine, serious accident or death
could result if other person starts the en-
gine or maneuver the control lever.
• Attach a warning label to the control lever in
cab in order to warn others that this ma-
chine is under maintenance. Also attach
warning labels around the machine when
necessary.
1-26 26
- 1- 26
3-0 3 -01 2-59
Fig.
3-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_
d2.5.6 d o_ do
g u Use proper tools gui gui
Use proper tools and use them correctly. Us-
ing damaged, inferior, defective, temporary
tools or using the tools incorrectly could lead
to serious accidents.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do
Fig. 2-60
do
gui gui gui

- 2-49
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
-
2.5.7 Maintenance with engine running
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
Toidprevent i d do
gui
injury, do not carry out mainte-
u
gnance u
work when the engine is running. Ifg the
maintenance has to be done with the engine
running, it needs at least two workers to do
the job in the following way:

• One of the workers shall stay in the opera-

tor seat ready to shut down the engine at
any time. Both workers shall keep in touch.
• Place the mechanical lock of control lever
-26 to prevent unexpect-
to the locked position
01of work equipment.
Fig. 2-61 26
01- 1-26
3 - 3 - 3-0
202 care when you are working near d 202 02
ed movement
d 2
• Take _ extra _ _d
i do fan, fan belt or other rotating parts whichi do do
g uthe g u gui
can cause entanglement hazard.
• Do not let your tool fall in or insert it the fan
or the fan belt, which may cause the parts
to break or eject.
• Do not touch any control lever. If one of the
control levers must be used, give signals to
other workers and warn them to move Fig. 2-62
quickly to a safe area.
1-26 1- 26 1-26
3-0
02under the machine
2.5.8 Work 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido
g•uNever id
carry out maintenance before uthe
g
o
gui
do
machine is well supported.
• Lower work equipment onto ground before
maintaining the machine.
• If the machine or work equipment has to be
lifted for maintenance, blocks or sup-ports
that are strong enough to support the ma-
chine or work equipment should be used.
Never use loose bricks, empty tires or
-26the machine. Never use a
stands to support
1
0support
Fig. 2-63-26
1 1-26
single jack
02 3
to- the machine.
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

2-50 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
2.5.9 Hot -cooling system
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu WARNING gu gui
• Contact with hot high-pressure coolant can
cause serious injury.

When engine temperature rises, pressure in

cooling system increases. Before removing
the radiator cap, stop the engine and let the
system cool down. Remove the radiator cap
only when the coolant is cool enough.

1-26 26
Fig. 2-64
1- 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
d2.5.10 High-pressure hoses do do
gui gui gui
If oil leaks from high-pressure hose, fault or
even f re may occur. If any bolt on the hoses
is loose, stop operation and tighten it to specif
ed torque. In case of hose damage, stop op-
era-tion immediately and contact your Sany
dis-tributor.

Replace the hose immediately in case of the

following problems:

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
• Damage
0 23- or leak of hydraulic hose fitting 0 23- 02 3-0
2
• _Damage
d 2 2
o
or break of outer cover, or ex-
o _d _d
i d i d do
gu posed steel wires of reinforcement glayer u gui
• Ballooning outer cover in some places
• Impurities in outer cover
• Distortion or crushing of movable parts

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-51
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
2.5.11 Pressurized- fluid
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
ohydraulic o_
d _d
i d i d do
gui
The system is always under pres-
u
gsure. gu
Make sure pressure in hydraulic circuits
has been relieved before checking or replac-
ing the lines. Pressure remaining in the circuit
can cause serious accidents. So the following
rules must be abided by:

• Release system pressure before maintain-

ing the hydraulic system.
1) Screw off the butterfly nut of breather
valve and press26the bleeder button to re-
0 1 - 0 1 -26 1-26
0 23-
lease internal pressure of hydraulic tank.
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
pressure of the pilot lines. With- d
_d
2) Release
o _
i d 15 seconds after stopping the machine i do do
gui
in
u
g turn the ignition key to the ON position, g u
place the mechanical lock of control lever to
the unlocked position and fully operate the
boom and bucket control levers back and
forth in order to release internal pressure of
accumula-tor. Fig. 2-65
• Open fire is not allowed around the hydrau-
lic system. Remove splashed hydraulic oil
as quickly as possible.
• 1-26
Diesel oil or 0pressurized 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0
hydraulic oil can
3-
202skin or eyes, causing serious in-
penetrate 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido blindness or death. It is hard to findguthe
jury,
guleaking ido gui
do
of hydraulic oil with naked eyes. A
cardboard or wooden board is necessary
for checking for leaks. Do not touch leaking
liquid with bare hand. Wear face shield or
safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any
liquid penetrates your skin, f ush with clean
water immediately and get medical atten-
tion as soon as possible.
• The fuel lines are 6under high pressure when
26 26
-2
the engine -is01running. When check-ing or 1- 1-
0 23 02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 the fuel system, shut down the en-
servicing
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do and uid
o do
gui
ugine wait for 30 seconds till in-ternal
g g
pressure drops prior to operation.

2-52 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
2.5.12 Welding operation
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Welding operation may lead to fire or electric
gu shock. Only qualified welders are allowed
gu to
conduct welding operation using proper
equip-ment. Never allow unqualified person-
nel to perform welding operation.

2.5.13 Safe maintenance of the air-con-

ditioning system

WARNING
• -26
01 R134 a is a harmless gas 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0
Refrigerant
3-
202 room temperature. It will change into 202
under 202
_d _d _d
do uid
o do
gui • gui
highly toxic gas in fire.
Refrigerant getting into eyes g
can cause
blindness. It can also cause frostbite if
splashed on your skin.

• Be away from fire source when servicing

air-conditioning system. Fig. 2-66
• In maintenance of air-conditioning system,
observe the instruction on the refrigerant
cylinder and use it correctly. The type of re-
6 26 26
1-2R134a. Use of other refriger-
frigerant is 1- 1-
3-0
2 damage the air-conditioning sys- 202 3-0 02 3-0
20can
ants
d 2
_tem. _d _d
do uid
o do
gui • Use recovering and recycling gsystems. gui
Never discharge refrigerant directly into the
air.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-53
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

2.5.14 High
023
-
voltage precautions
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the engine is running or has just been o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
When
u
gshut guin-
down, high voltage can occur in fuel
jector terminal and engine controller. Since
there is hazard of electrocution, do not touch
fuel injector or interior of engine controller.

Please contact your Sany distributor if you

have to access fuel injector terminal or interior
of engine controller.

1-26 Fig. 2-67-26

1 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do Accumulator
2.5.15 do do
gui gui gui
The accumulator contains highly pressurized
nitrogen. Improper handling of the accumula-
tor can cause explosion and serious acci-
dents. Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Never disassemble the accumulator.
• Never let the accumulator be near a fire
source or be exposed in flame.
• -26 weld or flame-cut on
Do not punch,
0 1 0 1 -26 1-26
023
accumulator. - -
0232-68 02 3-0
2 2
Fig. 2
_d strike or roll the accumulator, or let ito_d
• Doonot _d
i d d do
gubear any impact. gui gui
• The gas must be released when disposing
of the accumulator. Contact your Sany dis-
tributor for this disposal.

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-54 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
2.5.16 Fire - and explosion prevention
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu WARNING gu gui
• Never smoke when handling the fuel or
maintaining the fuel system. The gases in
empty fuel tank can cause explosion
easily.
• Never carry out flame-cutting or weld-ing
operation on fuel pipe, fuel tank or fuel ves-
sels, which can lead to f re, ex-plosion, in-
jury or death.

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3-
• Then 2engine must be shut down and elec-
0 23- 02 3-0
2
d equipment must be switched off when d 2 2
o _trical o_ _d
i d i d do
gu refueling the tank. Be extremely
gu
care-ful
gui
when adding fuel to a hot engine. No sparks
shall occur around the grounding nozzle.
• Handle all solvents and dry chemicals in a
place with good ventilation according to the
instructions provided on vessel.
• Clean up the dust and residuals on ma-
chine. Do not put greasy rag or other flam-
mable materials on the machine.
• -26 the parts and components,
When cleaning
01 01-
26 1- 26
3 - 3 - 3-0
202diesel oil or other flammable fluids. d 202 02
use nonflammable solvents instead of gas-
d 2
_oline, _ _d
i d•o Store flammable liquids and materials i do in do
g u g u gui
suitable vessels as required by safety laws
and regulations.
• Check fire extinguishers, fire-fighting sys-
tem and fire detectors (if equipped) and
make sure they are ready for use.

2.5.17 Regular replacement of safety-

related parts

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 23-
• Safety-related parts such as hoses and seat
0 23- 02 3-0
2
d must be replaced regularly for the con- d 2 2
o _belt o_ _d
i d i d do
gu sideration of operating the
gu
machine safely
gui
in a long term.

- 2-55
 Safety

26
1- parts may deteriorate 1-26 1-26
• Materials of-0some
3
2 exceeding specific time limit. 02 3-0 02 3-0
20when
naturally 2 2
_d _d _d
ido
Repeated
guwear ido
use may lead to deteriora-tion,
gu gui
do
and damage, hence the acci-dents
and serious injury. Through merely visual
inspection or feel it is hard to find out how
long the parts could serve. Therefore, regu-
lar replacement is necessary.
• Repair or replace any safety parts once
found defective regardless of its service
time.

1 -26 1-26 1-26

3-0
2.5.18 Maintenance operation 3-0 3-0
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do all parts and replace the worn, bro-
• Check
i i do do
u
g ken and damaged parts during repairing
g u gui
work. Over-worn and over-damaged parts
may fail in operation and cause injury and
death. Replace damaged or illegible signs
and marks.
• Tighten all fasteners and connectors to
specified torques.
• Install all guards, covers and hoods after re-
pair and service.6Replace or repair dam-
-2 1-26 1-26
-01Only the type of hydraulic oil
aged guards.
23 3-0 3-0
20 or recommended by Sany should
approved 202 202
_d _d _d
idoused to ref ll the hydraulic system. guido
be
g•uStart gui
do
the engine and check for any leaks
(check the hydraulic system), and operate
all control devices to be sure of their prop-er
functioning. Make road test if necessary.
Shut down the engine and check the work
you have done (see if there are missing
pins, gaskets and nuts). Check hydraulic oil
level once again prior to operation.

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-56 -
 Safety

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
2.5.19 Proper disposal of wastes
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d disposal of wastes harms theidenvi- do
gui
Improper
gu ronment. Consult local environmentalguprotec-
tion department or your Sany distributors for
methods of recycling and waste disposal.
• Potential harmful substances used in Sany
products include hydraulic oil, fuel, engine
coolant, refrigerant, filter and batteries etc.
• Use leak-proof vessels to hold discharged
fluids. Do not use food or beverage con-
tainers.
26 26 26
01- waste fluids directly to the
Fig. -2-69
• 1 1-
3-0 3-0
Do not -drain
3
202 sewage or water source.
ground, 2 02 202
_d _d _d
d•o Leaking ido do
gui gui
of refrigerant from air conditioner
gu
can spoil the atmosphere of the earth. Re-
lated laws and regulations must be followed
to recover or recycle the refrigerant.

Fig. 2-70

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 2-57
 Safety

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2-58 -
 Technical Specifications

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Technical Specifications

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 Specifications.............................................................................................3-1
3 Technical
2 3-0 2 3-0 2
20
3.1dTECHNICAL d2
0
SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................3-3 d2
0
_ _ _
o Technical Parameters...........................................................................................................3-4
d3.2 do do
gui gui gui
3.2.1 Loader...........................................................................................................................3-4
3.2.2 Engine...........................................................................................................................3-5
3.2.3 Electrical system .........................................................................................................3-5
3.2.4 Gear box.......................................................................................................................3-6
3.2.5 Drive axle......................................................................................................................3-6
3.2.6 Braking system ............................................................................................................3-6
3.2.7 Steering system...........................................................................................................3-7
3.2.8 Wheel............................................................................................................................3-7

0 -26 0 1 -26
3.2.9 Cab................................................................................................................................3-8
1 0 1 -26
3- Hydraulic system.......................................................................................................3-9
3.2.10
02 3-
02 02 3-
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 3-1
 Technical Specifications

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result -in26death or serious injury. -26 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3-2 -
 Technical Specifications

6
-2 Specifications 26 26
-01
3.Technical 1- 1-
023 02 3-0 023-0
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
do
3.1 TECHNICAL do
SPECIFICATIONS do
gui gui gui
Machine Dimensions

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Figure 3-1 1-26 1-26 1- 26

023-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 3-3
 Technical Specifications

1- 26 1- 26 -26
Unit: mm-01
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3
_ d 2 Item d2 SYL956H1 d2
i doA d o_ d o_
u gui gui
Height of hinge 4132±50
g
pin at max. lift
B Dumping height 3118±50
C Dumping reach 1140+50
D Digging depth 45
E Ground clearance 432±10
F Hinge center to 1600
front wheel center
G 6
Axel base
263200 26
0 1-2 height 1 -
-0 3501±50 1-
H 3 -
Overall 3 3-0
J_d 202 d2
02 202
Wheel base
o_
2200 _d
do d do
gui K Overall width gui 2825±50 gui
(wheel outside)
L Overall length 8016±50
(with bucket)
M Max. steering ±40°
angle
W Bucket width 3000
R1 Turning radius 6450±50
(bucket6outside)
0 -2
1turning 0 1 -26 1- 26
R2 3 -
Min. radi- 3- 5850±50 3-0
202 2 02 202
_d _d _d
us (wheel
do do do
gui gui gui
outside)

Table 3-1

3.2 Technical Parameters

3.2.1 Loader

Item Unit SYL956H5

Rated bucket capacity m³ 3
1 -26 1 -26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
Rated load kg 5000
Boom lifting
2
20 time (rated load) S 2 02 ≤6.5 202
_d _d _d
ido cycle time
guTotal gui
doS 10.5
gui
do
Max. travel Forward IV km/h 40
speed

3-4 -
 Technical Specifications

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 Forward III km/h
3-0 25
3-0
2 Forward II 202
km/h 13 202
_d _ d _d
do do 7.1uido
gui gui
Forward I km/h
g
Reverse I km/h 7.1
Reverse II km/h 13
Max. traction kN 167
Max. lifting force kN 175
Gradeability ° ≥28
Operating weight kg 17100±200
Engine model DCEC QSL8.9-C220

-26
Engine power
1
kW/rpm
1- 26 164/2200
1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d 3-2
Table _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3.2.2 Engine

Model QSL8.9-C220
Type In-line,Four stroke,Turbo,Air cooling
Rated power/Rated speed 164Kw/2200rpm
Acrot torque(N.m) 1000×(1±5％)
Speed at acrot torque 1500r/min
Low idle speed 800r/min
6 6 26
1-2 1-2 1-
02 3-0 High idle speed
02 3-0 2400r/min
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o 3-3 _d _d
dTable do do
gui gui gui
3.2.3 Electrical system

System voltage 24V

Battery 2 (series connection)
Battery voltage 12V
Battery capacity 120Ah
Alternator 28V/70A
-26 power
Start motor 1output
0 1 -26 6kW 1- 26
023
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d 3-4 _d _d
ido do do
Table
gu gui gui

- 3-5
 Technical Specifications

- 26 1-26 1-26
3.2.4 Gear2box3 -01 3-0 3-0
20 2 02 202
_ d _d _d
ido
Manufacturer
guType g u ido DANA
g u ido
Rotary type electrically control shifting gear box
Model TZL16RM
Torque converter Single turbine
No. of gears 4 forward gears, 3 reverse gears
Shifting system Semi-automatic
Gear 1 ≥7.1km/h
Max. speed (Forward/
Gear 2 ≥13km/h
Reverse) Tyre pressure
-26 6 26
Gear 3 ≥25km/h
23.5~25 -2 1-
3 -01 Gear 4
3 -01 ≥40km/h
3-0
02 02 02
_ d2 d2 _d
2
ido 3-5 d o_ do
gui gui
Table
gu
3.2.5 Drive axle

Full floating drive axle,with spiral bevel gear reductor wheel reductor,and cast
Type
iron axle housing.Fixed front axle and swing rear axle
Front/Rear 18MRF-C216MD/18MRF-C216ME
drive axle

Table 3–6

0 1 -26 1-26 1-26

3.2.6 Braking
023
- system
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
Model Dry type brake disk
gu
Location External output shaft of hydraulic gear box
No. of brake disks 1
Min. thickness of brake disk 10mm
Thickness of new brake disk 12.6mm
Accumulator 2
Accumulator capacity 1.4L

Table 3–7
1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3-6 -
 Technical Specifications

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
-
3.2.7 Steering system
02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d
oModel _d _d
i d do uid
o flow
gui
Articulated frame,load sening,coaxial
gu g
amplification
System supply Steering priority
Steering cylider Double acting hydraulic cylider
Steering pressure 21MPa
Maximum flow 165L/min @ 2200r/min
Maximum turning angle ±40°

Table 3–8
1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
3.2.82Wheel 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Tire size and pressure gui gui
If you use other tire except the below table.please connect the tire maker to get the right tire pres-
sure,more detail please consult the tire maker.

Tire size step front wheel rear wheel

Bias tire23.5–25 16 320 Kpa 320Kpa

Wheel nut tightening torque

1-26 TIghtening torque 1- 26 750±50Nm 1- 26

02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 3-7
 Technical Specifications

1- 26 1-26 1-26
3.2.9 Cab
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
_ _d _d
do
Outline
uid
o
uid
o
gui g g
Following the Roll-over Protection System(ROPS)(ISO A3471) and Falling Object Protective
Structures(FOPS)(ISO 3449),Testing and certification the cab.the cab install the Rubber Mount
for insulation,the floor has the Rubber pad
Number of emergency exits 3(Left\right doors and rear window)
Table 3–9
Instrumentation
All the important message displat the center of Operator’s view

-26
Heater and Defroster
1 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0
02using filtered fresh air and the fan with 30files
Heater coil 2 wind speed of manual 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido
guOperator gui
do
gui
do
Seat
Operator Seat with adjustable suspension and retractable safety belt,the seat install in the floor
and bracket Cab rear wall,The force of the retractable seat belt is absorbed by the seat rail
Height adjustment(Quick adjustment) 60mm
Vertical adjustment 200mm
Backrest adjustment(Adjustable backrest 80-121°
inclination)
Adjust according to cab weight 40-130Kg（88-287pound

01 -26 01-
26 1-26
3-0
Masked decoration flame-retardant
3-
02 reel 3-
Belt with2belt 202
Yes 202
_d _d _d
ido
guSound gui
do
gui
do
infotmation
In accordance with national standards GB 78dB（A）
16710 and ISO 6396 of cab sound level
In accordance with national standards GB 115dB（A）
16710 and ISO 6396 of cab exterior sound
level

Table 3–11

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3-8 -
 Technical Specifications

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
023
-
3.2.10 Hydraulic system
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
oMold _d _d
i d do uid
ohtdraulic
gui
Confined variable confluent open
gu g
system
Valves Double acting double throttle valve
Lifting function Promotion、maintain、decline、suspension
Tilt function Hopper,hold and discharge
Cylider High pressure large bore hydraulic cylider
Filter Full flow

Pump1 Plunger6variable displacement pump

1 - 26 1 -2 1 -26
Function3- 0 - 0 - 0
023 023
Steering and working device
2 02 2 2
d flow with the engine speed is 2200rpm_d 165L/min d
o_ o_
The
i d i d o i d
gu Maximun working pressure gu 24MPa gu

Pump2 Vane pump

Function Working device
The flow with the engine speed is 2200rpm 176L/min
Maximun working pressure 21Mpa

Table 3–13

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 3-9
 Technical Specifications

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3-10 -
 Operation

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Operation

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
2 2 2
20
4.1dMachine d2
0
d2
0
general drawing.....................................................................................................4-5
_ _ _
o Controls and Instruments.....................................................................................................4-6
d4.2 do do
gui gui gui
4.2.1 Integrated instrument..................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Monitor operation ........................................................................................................4-9
4.2.3 Switches .....................................................................................................................4-11
4.2.4 Control levers and pedals ....................................................................................... 4-16
4.2.4.1 Control levers and pedals................................................................................ 4-16
4.2.4.2 Gear selector lever ........................................................................................... 4-17
4.2.4.3 Brake pedal........................................................................................................ 4-17
4.2.4.4 Steering wheel adjustor ................................................................................... 4-17

0 1 - 6
4.2.4.5 2Accelerator
0 1 -26
pedal.............................................................................................. 4-1826
01-
3 -
4.2.4.6
2 3 -
Control box......................................................................................................... 3 -
4-18
d 204.2.4.7 Arm d 202 d 202 4-18
rest..............................................................................................................
_ _ _
u i do 4.2.5 Cup holder.................................................................................................................
u i do u i do 4-19
g g g
4.2.6 Manual pocket .......................................................................................................... 4-19
4.2.7 Alternate exit ............................................................................................................. 4-19
4.2.8 Fire extinguisher....................................................................................................... 4-20
4.2.9 Electrical components ............................................................................................. 4-20
4.2.9.1 Battery ................................................................................................................ 4-20
4.2.9.2 Cathode switch.................................................................................................. 4-21
4.2.9.3 Start motor ......................................................................................................... 4-22
4.2.9.4 Generator........................................................................................................... 4-23
6 -26
4.2.9.5-2Lamps................................................................................................................. 4-24 -26
0 1 0 1 0 1
2 23- Sensors ..............................................................................................................
04.2.9.6 2 023
-
2
-
023 4-25
d d d
i d o_ 4.2.9.7 Pressure switches.............................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-26
gu 4.2.9.8 Reversing warning device gu ...............................................................................
gu 4-26
4.2.9.9 Integrated control box ...................................................................................... 4-27
4.2.9.10 Washer reservoir ............................................................................................ 4-28
- 4-1
 Operation

6 6 6
- 1-2
4.2.10 Air 0conditioning
- 0 1-2
system ......................................................................................... 4-2901-2
-
2 023 Composition ....................................................................................................
4.2.10.1 2 023 2 023
4-29
d d d
i d o_4.2.10.2 ...........................................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-29
gu 4.2.10.3 Operating principle .........................................................................................
gu gu 4-29
4.2.10.4 Operation instruction...................................................................................... 4-31
4.2.10.5 Air outlets ......................................................................................................... 4-34
4.2.11 Radio........................................................................................................................ 4-35
4.2.11.1 Control panel ................................................................................................... 4-35
4.2.11.2 Radio operation instruction............................................................................ 4-36
4.2.11.3 MP3 playing instruction.................................................................................. 4-36
4.2.11.4 Other operation intructions ............................................................................ 4-37
4.3 Cab door catch6 ................................................................................................................... 4-38
1 - 2 1 - 26 1 -26
4.4 Lockable -Caps 0 - 0
and Covers............................................................................................... 4-39 - 0
023
4.4.12Lockable 2 023
Caps and Covers..................................................................................... 2 023
4-39
d d d
i d o_ Lockable caps...........................................................................................................
4.4.2 i d o_ i d o_ 4-39
gu 4.4.3 Lockable covers .......................................................................................................
gu gu 4-40
4.5 Toolbox ................................................................................................................................ 4-41
4.6 Machine Operation and Control ....................................................................................... 4-41
4.6.1 Before Starting the Engine...................................................................................... 4-41
4.6.1.1 Walk-around inspection ................................................................................... 4-41
4.6.1.2 Inspection before starting ................................................................................ 4-42
4.6.1.3 Adjustment before operation........................................................................... 4-49
4.6.1.4 Operation before engine starting.................................................................... 4-52

-26 -26
4.6.2 Engine starting.......................................................................................................... 4-53 26
3
4.6.3 Engine - 0 1
3 - 0 1
shutdown...................................................................................................... 3
4-54 - 01-
02
2Machine 202 02
24-55
_ d
4.6.4 d d
operation ...................................................................................................
_ _
u i do 4.6.4.1 Gear shifting ......................................................................................................
u i do u i do 4-55
g g g
4.6.4.2 Forced downshifting (KD) function ................................................................. 4-56
4.6.4.3 Braking ............................................................................................................... 4-57
4.6.4.4 Engine shutdown .............................................................................................. 4-57
4.6.5 Work equipment control .......................................................................................... 4-58
4.6.6 Restricted operations............................................................................................... 4-59
4.6.7 Permissible depth of water ..................................................................................... 4-59
4.6.8 Operation on a Slope............................................................................................... 4-60
4.6.8.1 Traveling downhill ............................................................................................. 4-60
4.6.8.2 When
0 1 -26 engine stalls on a slope ........................................................................
0 1 -26 4-60 -26
01
3 - 3 - 3 -
02 202 02
4.6.8.3 Cab door on a slope ......................................................................................... 4-60
d 2When d d 24-61
i o_
4.6.9
d4.6.10
the machine is _
seized...................................................................................
i do i
_
do 4-61
g u Recommended g u g u
application...................................................................................
4.6.10.1 Loading ............................................................................................................ 4-61
4.6.10.2 Dozing operation............................................................................................. 4-66
4-2 -
 Operation

6 6 6
0
4.6.10.3
- 1-2 Scraping operation .........................................................................................
- 0 1-2 - 0
4-661-2
2 23
04.6.10.4 2 023
Lifting operation .............................................................................................. 2 023 4-66
d d d
i d o_ 4.6.11 Bucket tips - Replace.............................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-67
gu g u g u
4.6.12 Parking .................................................................................................................... 4-68
4.6.13 Inspection after daily work .................................................................................... 4-68
4.6.14 Locking .................................................................................................................... 4-69
4.6.15 Operation in cold weather..................................................................................... 4-69
4.6.16 Long-term storage ................................................................................................. 4-70
4.6.16.1 Before storage................................................................................................. 4-70
4.6.16.2 During storage................................................................................................. 4-70
4.6.16.3 After storage.................................................................................................... 4-71
4.7 Transportation..................................................................................................................... 4-71 6
1 - 26 1 - 26 1-2
0
4.7.1 -Transport - 0
methods................................................................................................... - 0
4-71
2 023 Loading and unloading ............................................................................................
4.7.2 2 023 2 023 4-71
d d d
i d o_ 4.7.2.1 Loading and unloading.....................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-71
gu g u g u
4.7.2.2 Loading............................................................................................................... 4-72
4.7.2.3 Securing the machine ...................................................................................... 4-72
4.7.2.4 ............................................................................................................................. 4-73
4.7.2.5 Lifting the machine............................................................................................ 4-73

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-3
 Operation

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result -in26death or serious injury. -26 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-4 -
 Operation

-2 6 26 26
-01
4.Operation 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 02 3-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Machine general drawing ido
4.1 do
gui gu gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-1

(1) Bucket 1-26 (10)1Mud

6
-2 guard, rear 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 arm
(2) Rocker 202(11) Rear wheel 202
_d _d _d
do(3) Bucket cylinder do do
gui gui gui
(12) Ladder
(4) Front light, direction lamp and horn (13) Frame
(5) Operator cab (14) Mud guard, front
(6) Hydraulic tank (15) Lift arm
(7) Engine hood (16) Lift arm cylinder
(8) Battery chamber (17) Front wheel
(9) Counter weight

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-5
 Operation

-2 6 26 26
-01and Instruments
4.2 Controls 1- 1-
023 023-0 023-0
d 2 2 2
4.2.1 _Integrated
o instrument _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
An instrument panel is equipped on the loader. Items on the instrument panels include engine cool-
ant temperature gauge, engine speed meter, torque converter oil temperature gauge, 11 warning
indicators and other parameter setting functions.

The instrument panel monitors the operating conditions of the loader. It collects and process input
signals from sensors and switches on the machine, and alerts the operators through the warning
indicators on the panel.

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig.4-2

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-6 -
 Operation

01-26 01 -26 Remarks -01

-26
No.
3 -Item Warning type Warning -condition Icon
02 023 02 3
d2 Whend 2 the instrument d2
d o_ _
idodetects high level in d o_
gui Green indicatorgu u i
Left turn
1
indicator left turning line
g High level valid
(connected to 24V)

The instrument
Warning
2 Red indicator receives STOP Low level valid
light 1
function of ECU.

The instrument
Warning Light yellow
3 receives WARM Low level valid
light 2 indicator
1- 26 6
function of ECU.
1-2 1- 26
023-0 3-0 3-0
2 202instrument
The 2 02
_d Warning _ d _d
do 4 o
dreceives do level valid
gui gui gui
Green indicator WIF function Low
light 3
of ECU

When the instrument

Right turn detects high level in
5 Green indicator High level valid
indicator right turning line
(connected to 24V)
After a time delay
for 10 seconds
you will see

-26 6 26
flashing of
6
Fuel level
0 1
Upper alert limit: Variation of fuel
0 1 -2sensor corresponding01-
-
3gauge 23- -
023
<10%_ alert
02
resistance
2 20 icon plus2buzzer
_d o_
d d
o_ as well as
do
sound
d d
gui gui i
u prompt (Fuel
gtext
level too low!)
When the instrument
Low oil
detects grounding of
pressure
7 Red indicator transmission oil Low level valid
transmis
pressure signal line
sion
(connected to ground)
When the instrument
Parking Sound + red detects high level in High level valid for
8
26
indicator
1-
indicator + text
1
6
line of parking brake
-224V)
parking brake
1- 26
02 3-0 02
-
(connected
30 to
02 3-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ Low oil
d
_ the instrument
oWhen do
gui i gui
Sound + red
u detects grounding of
indicator + textg
9 pressure
indicator engine oil pressure

- 4-7
 Operation

-26 -26 1- 26
No. -01
Item
3 Warning type -01
Warning condition Icon Remarks
3-0
02 023 02
d2 2 (input
d line
signal
_d
2
d o_ _
ido ground) do
gui gu gui
10 Monitor
When the instrument
High beam
11 Blue indicator detects high level in High level valid
indicator
line of high beam
When the instrument
Rotating Light yellow detects high level in
12 High level valid
beacon indicator rotator line(connected
to 24V)

1- 26 1-26 When engine

1 -26
023-0 023-0 speed <650 rpm2,3-
0
0
2 2 d 2 is
_d _d only the icon
_
do do o
uid when
gui gui
shown:
g
engine speed
≥650 rpm,
charging icon,
sound and text
warnings
When the instrument
Charging Sound + red (“Generator does
13 detects a charging
indicator indicator + text not generate
signal that suspends
power as usual,
please check!”)are

26 26 -26
shown. When the
1- 1- 1
3-0 3-0 0
signal is
-
2 02 2 02 grounding, it20 is23
_d _d o_
d
do do
normal charging.
d
gui gui i
guwarning is
The
recorded as failure
history.
After level: After
time delay for a
while you will see
flashing of
Coolant Variation of water corresponding
Upper alert limit:
14 temperature temperature sensor icon plus buzzer
≥105℃
gauge resistance sound as well as
1- 26 1-26 text prompt 1 -26
023-0 023-0 (“Coolant 023
- 0
2 2 2
_d _d o_
temperature d
do do d
gui gui i
guhigh!”)

4-8 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
-
4.2.2 Monitor operation
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_Initialization interface _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1.
gu
The monitor starts initializing and automatic
checking when the instrument panel is ener-
gized. The screen display goes to the normal
operation display when the self checking proc-
ess is over.

1-26 -26 1- 26
3-0 3 -01
Fig.4-3
3-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_Normal operation display
2.
d o_ do
gui gui gui
1) Work hour meter

2) Travel speed meter

3) Engine rpm, gear and voltage

4) Date and time

1-26 1 -26 1- 26
02 3-0 02
- 0
3Fig.4-4 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
d3. do do
gui Monitor menu gui gui
Main menu

• Press the Menu key on the home page to

enter the main menu page.
• Press the navigation keys on the key pad to
select an item on the menu. Press Enter to
access the selected item.

-2 6 6
Operation Information
26
-01 0 1-2 1-
02 3 023
-
User Setup
02 3-0
d2 2
_d Setup _d
2
d o_ d oSystem do
gui guiInstrument Setup gui

- 4-9
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
-
Operation information
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Signals lists current operating pa- o_ _d
• Detailed
i d i d do
gurameters of the machine, including power
gu gui
voltage, coolant temperature, fuel level, oil
pressure, work hours, etc..
• Machine Information gives information
about machine model and serial number.

Detailed Signals
Machine Information

User Setup 1- 26 1-26 1-26

23-0 023-0 02 3-0
• 20 includes 3 basic settings: Time
User dSetup 2 2
_ _d _d
i do ido do
gui
Setup, Language Setup and Brightness
g u gu
Setup.
• Use the navigation keys on the key pad to
change the settings.

Time Setup
Language Setup
Brightness Setup

System Setup
1- 26 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
• 202 is needed to access the Sys-
A password
d display. d2
02 202
_ _ _d
ido
tem Setup
g•uMachine g u ido gui
do
model setup: Use this entry to set
up machine model. Display items on the
home page are difficult depending on ma-
chine model.
• Machine Information Setup: This entry is
used to set up machine model and serial
number before delivery.
• Fault Log; This entry is used to check per-
vious machine fault informant and alarm
1- 26 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
record.
• 202Clear: Use this entry to clear ma-
Fault Log 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido fault log.
chine
g•uInstrument g uid
o
gui
do
Information: Use this entry to
check monitor information.

4-10 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
4. Keypad -
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ touch-key are designed on the keypad o_for _d
i dSix
i d do
gu the operator to read information andguchange gui
setting on the monitor.

Fig.4-5

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o Switches _d _d
d4.2.3 do do
gui gui gui
1. Wiper switch

When the wiper switch is in the initial position

, the wiper blade is in the reset position; When
the switch is pressed to the right. The wiper
motor drives the wiper from right to left scrap-
ing the front window glass repeatedly; when
the front window glass dust is more while the
wiper blade scraping, press and hold the
6
-2time, -26 26
0 1 0 1 1-
3-0
switch, at this The kettle motor is ener-
gized2,02
3-
spray the water to the glass. After re- 202
3- 02
d the switch, the switch is automatically d 2
o_ o_ _d
i dleasing
i d do
gu reset. The kettle stops spraying. gu gui

- 4-11
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

-
2. Turn light23switch
0 023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the machine turn left, please press the o_ _d
When
i d i d do
u on the left sign, the screen and theguleft
gbutton gui
and rear combination lamp turn light is lighted.
When turn right, press the right but ton.

3. Interlock switch

When the interlock switch slay on the meso-

position, the handle on the steering wheel can
control the loader forward or backward. The
Fig.4-6
FNR button of the pilot handle is invalid .
When press the button,
0 1 -26 the FNR button on the 0 1 -26 1-26
0 3
pilot handle2can - control the loader for ward or
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
backward.
o _d the handle on the steering wheel iso_d _d
i d uid do
u
invalid.
g g gui
4. Horn

Press the button, the horn work, when release

the button, the switch get back to the initial po-
sition, this horn button and the horn ion the
steering wheel can get the same function.

5. Cigarette lighter

Press the lighter down.

1 - 26 It will return to its origi- 1 -26 1-26
-
nal position after0 12 to 18 seconds. Pull the - 0 3-0
23light
lighter out20to a cigarette. The socket of 2 023 202
d d _d
o_ can be used as a power source iof
theidlighter d o_ do
u 18 V (DC). The maximum power is 120–
g24– gu gui
140 W.

6. Start switch

1) The start switch has six pins. They are B,

Br, Acc, C, R1, and R2. The pins R1 and R2
are normally unused. B is the power pin
and it is connected with wire P111; Br is the
ignition pin that is connected with wire
-26 pin connected with wire
F470; C is the1start
0 1-26 1-26
F471. 023
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido the table below for position and func-
g2)uSee gui
do
gui
do
tion of the start switch.

4-12 -
 Operation

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
Key 3-0
02 B Br Acc C R1 R2 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doOF do do
gui F gui gui
AU
• • •
X
ON • • • • •
STA
• • • •
RT

(NOTE: “•” indicates connected through.

When the start switch is turned to the ON po-
-26and C are connected through
sition, B, Br, 1Acc
0 1-26 1- 26
023
with R2.)
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o When the start switch is in the ON position, _d _d
d3) do do
gui gui gui
P111 is connected through with P470 and
the whole machine is powered on. When
the start switch is in the START position,
P11, F470 and F471 are energized at the
same time. After starting the engine, re-
lease the ignition key and the start switch
returns to the ON position automatically.
F471 is disconnected and the start motor
stops: meanwhile, the starting coil of shut-
0 1 -26 is de-energized but still 0 1 -26 1- 26
3-0
down magnet
- -
023up to continue open the fuel pas- 2023
picked
2 202
d d _d
d o_sage and keep the engine running. o_d do
gui gui gui
4) By powering off the switch (turning it to the
OFF position), all wires are de-energized,
the shutdown magnet keeps the coil discon-
nected, fuel passage is closed, engine turns
off and altemator generates no electricity
any more; meanwhile the power relay coil is
deenergized, the contact is disconnected
and electrical devices os the whole machine
6
are powered off.
2 26 26
1- 1- 1-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-13
 Operation

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

7. FNR switch
1-26 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
2 2 on N position (while the Gear d 202
The switch0stay
d 202
o_ level stay on the mess-position) The o_ _d
do
selector
i d i d
u
gmachine can startup. When the switch stay u
g on gui
F position (operation interconnect with the
switch 3), the machine get forward. When the
switch stay on R position (operation intercon-
nect with the switch 3), the machine get
backward.

Fig.4-7

8. Parking switch
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
023
When the parking - switch is in its initial posi-
023
-
02 3-0
2
dloader is free to move and the parking _d 2 2
o_ lamp on the instrument panel is off.
tion, the _d
i d do do
gu
indicator
gui gui
To park the machine, first push the red switch
lock forward and press the switch an the same
time. The parking indicator on the instrument
panel will light up, indicating the engagement
of the park brake.

9. The light switch

Fig.4-8
When press the button, the background of
rocker switch, the outline
6 lamp of left and right
1 - 2 1- 26 1-26
-0 the driving lamp has been
combination lamp,
2 3 3-0 3-0
0
lightened2meanwhile. 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
uid do do
g10.Spare switch gui gui

4-14 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
Reserved
0 23-switch just for the future function
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
expansion.
o_ _d _d
gu i d
gu4 ido gui
do
11.This switch is used to control the

This switch is used to control the 4 directional

lights and the 2 direction indicators on the in-
strument panel. When this switch is turned on,
four directional lights and 2 direction indicator
on the panel light up at the same time. Turn
on this switch under special circumstances,
eg. parking the machine along the roadside at
night, to alert the vehicle passing by.
1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

12.Front work light switch

Press the lower part of this switch to turn on

the two front work lights. Press the upper part
to turn off the front work lights.

13.Rear work-2 6 switch 26 26

1- 1-
light
1
3-0
2 switch is placed in neutral, the 2 202
When20this
3-0 02 3-0
d 2
o_ work lights are off. Press the upper _d
opart _d
i drear
i d do
gu of the switch to turn them on. If the lower
gu part gui
of the switch is pressed down, the two rear
lights do not light up. Instead, they light up
when the gear shift handle is placed in the Re-
verse position. When the gear shift is neutral-
ized or placed in Forward position, the two
rear work lights will go out.

14.Rotating beacon switch Fig.4-9

Press the lower

0 1 -26part of this switch to turn on 0 1 -26 1- 26
-
023 beacon. To turn off the beacon, 2023
the rotating -
02 3-0
2 2
_d the upper part of the switch.
press _d _d
do do do
gui 15.Front headlight switch gui gui

- 4-15
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

23- is off when this switch is in 2023-
The front headlight
0 02 3-0
2
its initiald position. Press the lower part of the d 2
_ _ _d
i do to turn on the headlight in low beam; i do do
u
switch
g g u gui
press the lower part again, to change from
low beam to high beam.

16.Backup switch

This switch is a backup for extended function

in the future.

4.2.4 Control levers and pedals

-2 6 26 26
4.2.4.1 Control1levers and pedals 1- 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-10

(1)Gear selector lever (4)Accelerator pedal

(2)Brake pedal (5)Control box
(3)Steering wheel adjustor (6)Arm rest
1 -26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-16 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
0 3
- selector lever
4.2.4.22Gear
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ the gear selector lever to _d _d
gu idUse ido
shift between
gu gui
do
different gears.

For more information about gear shifting, see

“Gear shifting” on page 3–72.
0 1 -26 1-2
6
Fig.4-11 1- 26
Forward3/-Reverse 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 202
o_ _d _d
uid
Position F: Forward
do do
g gui gui
Position N: Neutral

Position R: Reverse

4.2.4.3 Brake pedal

• The brake pedal is located on the left side

in front of the operate seat. It is used to cut
off power transmission.
• 6 pedal is stepped, the wheel
When the brake
26 26
-2 1- 1-
-01 of the front and rear axles will
side brakes
23 23-0 3-0
0 0 02
d 2 applied. The parking light switch isd 2
be
_d
2
do_turned on at the same time, and the parking
do
_
do
gui g u i gui
indicator on the instrument panel lights up.
Release the brake pedal to release the
brake.

4.2.4.4 Steering wheel adjustor

• The lock bar is located on the left side be-

neath the steering wheel.
• Turn the lock bar counterclockwise to loos-
26 angle of the wheel can be
1-The
en the bar. 1- 26 1- 26
3-0
02 when the lock bar is loose .
adjusted 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 the desired tilt angle is achieve, turn
•o_When _ d2 _d
2
d do do
gui the lock bar clockwise to lock the adjustor
gui gui

- 4-17
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
-
4.2.4.5 Accelerator pedal
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d o_
d _d
do accelerator pedal is located on the right
•uThe
i i d do
g side in front of the operator seat. gu gui
• When the pedal is not stepped after engine
startup, the engine is left idling. Step on the
accelerator pedal to raise fuel supply and
increase engine speed. Reduce the step-
ping force on the pedal to lower fuel supply
and decrease engine speed. The accelera-
tor pedal has two level of the trip, which the
Fig.4-12
26
first level correspond engine speed from 26 26
-
800 rpm to32000 01- rpm, the second level cor- 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
d 202engine speed from 2000 rpm to d 202 202
respond
_ _ _d
i do rpm. i do do
g u2300
g u gui
4.2.4.6 Control box

• The control box houses the control levers,

the control lever locks, the parking brake,
the lift arm limit function switch, the bucket
level function switch, the lift arm lower float-
ing function switch, the start switch, the
lighter and the arm rest. The pilot valve and
6
-2 box is installed within. 26 26
the integrated 1control 1- 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_dArm rest
4.2.4.7 _d _d
ido
g•uAdjust g uid
o
gui
do
the arm rest and the control lever to
a position that make it comfortable for the
operator to access the all the controls.

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-18 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
4.2.5 Cup - holder
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_A cup holder is designed _d _d
gu i d• ido in
and installed
gu gui
do
the right hand comer in the operator cab.

Fig.4-13
6 26 26
1-2 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 202 202
_d Manual pocket
4.2.6 _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
• The pocket is on the back of the operator
seat.
• The operation manual of the machine can
be stored in this pocket for reference when
necessary.

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 3-0
02 Fig.4-14 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4.2.7 Alternate exit

• If the cab door fails to open in an emer-

gency, you can brake the rear window with
the escape hammer and take it as an alte-
mate exit.

Note:

0 1 -26 hammer to brake the rear

Use the escape
1- 26 1- 26
3- in an emergency.
window ONLY
02 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig.4-15 gui

- 4-19
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
023
-
4.2.8 Fire extinguisher
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

A fire extinguisher is installed at the rear of

26 1-2
6 26
01-
the operator cab.
3-
Fig.4-16
3-0 3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ do do
uid Electrical components
4.2.9
g gui gui
4.2.9.1 Battery

The loader is powered by two batteries con-

nected serially. Cathode of the first battery is
connected to ground of power switch an d its
anode is connected to the cathode of the sec-
ond battery. The anode of the second battery
is connected to contact 1 of start motor. See
the figure for battery
0 1 -26 installation location. The 0 1 -26 1-26
batteries are3-reversible DC power and they
0 2 0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
are connected
o
parallel with generator to feed d
_ _d
i d i do do
g u
electrical equipment. They can supply a start-
g u gui
ing current of 200-600 A to start motor within
a short time (5-10 s). It Is equivalent to a large Fig.4-17
capacity that is able to absorb over-voltage
occurred any time in electric circuit so as to
protect electrical components against break-
down. When two or more batteries are used,
never use different types of batteries together,
especially those of different brands. When
ambient temperature is minus 15 degrees be-
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
3-0
low zero, it is necessary to use cold starting
- -
aid to assist
2 023 starting. Battery level can be 2023 202
d d _d
known
i d o_by observing color variation of the pho- i d o_ do
gtoucell. gu gui

4-20 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
When daily
0 23- battery maintenance is carried 2023- 02 3-0
2
out,d read carefully the information on battery d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu nameplate. Failure to do so could
gu
cause seri-
gui
ous bodily injury. Incorrect connection of bat-
tery cables can cause explosion and person
al injury. When two or more batteries are
used, never use different types of batteries to-
gether, especially batteries of different brands.
Normally a battery nameplate contains the fol-
lowing information: Danger / toxic. Wear gog-
gles. Explosive gas could cause blindness or
injury. Be away from sparks. No smoking and
-26
fire. Battery01contains 0 1 -26 1- 26
3-0
acid which can cause
- -
2 023 or serious burns. If you have con- 2023
blindness 202
d d _d
i d o_ with acid by mistake, immediatelyidflush
tact o_ do
gu with clean water and seek for medical gu treat- gui
ment. Never allow children to approach the
batteries.

4.2.9.2 Cathode switch

The power switch controls connection and dis-

connection of battery cathode and machine
frame (ground). When the power switch is on,
battery cathode is connected through ma-
-26 whole machine is energized
chine frame.1The
0 0 1 -26 1- 26
when the
-
023 start switch is turned on. When the 2023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_ switch is off, battery cathode is discon- o_ _d
do
power
i d i d
gu nected with machine frame and theguelectric gui
circuit of the whole machine cannot form a
loop. Even if the start switch is turned on, the
machine will not be energized and started.

Operation of power switch: Turn the power

switch knob clockwise to position 1 to turn on
the power; turn it counterclockwise to position
0 to turn off the power.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-21
 Operation

0 1 -26 1-26 1-26

4.2.9.3 Start
023
-motor
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
Description of starting principle:
gu
1. When the cathode switch is turned on, volt-
age of the 24 V end of battery goes to contact
1.

2. At the moment when the start switch is

turned to the START position, wire P183 is
energized (24 V). The DC motor pinion gear
reaches out and brings the flywheel into rota-
6
tion. The engine 1is-2starting. 26 26
1- 1-
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
d 2 process ( dozens of seconds d 202 202
3. In starting
o_ o _ Fig.4-18 _d
uid the start switch is in the START posi-
d do
gwhen gui gui
tion) wire P183 is energized (24 V). Contact 1
and contact 2 are connected. Voltage of con-
tact 2 is also 24 V. The start motor is kept in
starting state under the action of electromag-
netic force.

4. After it is started successfully, operator re-

leases the key and the start switch goes back
6 26 26
1-2automatically. P183 is cut
to the ON position 1- 1-
3-0
02and DC motor pinion gear returns
off right now 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d position.
to itsoinitial _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-22 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
4.2.9.42Generator
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_generator consists of rotor, stator, drive _d
opul- _d
i d i d do
gui
A
gu ley, fan, front cover, back cover, brush, gu etc.
Field winding is generally wound on rotor. The
stator uses Y-shaped connection. The rectifier
is usually a full wave rectifier with six tube
bridge.

1. When DC voltage acts on both ends of field

winding, electric current will generate a mag-
netic field. Driven by the engine, the field ro-
6
-2 the rotor. The three-phase 26 26
tates along 1with 1- 1-
3-0
02 windings of stator will generate
symmetrical 3-0
02 Fig.4-19 02 3-0
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
o
three-phase
ido
sine electromotive force that is do
guid the same g u
in frequency and amplitude with a gui
difference of 120 degrees.

2. By rectifying with the one-way conductivity

of silicon diode, only the positive diode in con-
nection with the winding having the highest
level is conductive at any moment. Like wise,
only the negative diode in connection with the
winding having 6
26 26
the lowest level is conductive.
-2 1- 1-
-01 cycles the six di odes become
In the repeated
23 3-0 3-0
0 in turn. 02 Fig.4-20 02
d2
conductive
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do ido do
u
g 3. Generator end voltage is directlygupropor- gui
tional to its rotating speed. As the engine rpm
varies largely, generator end so changes in a
wide range, which cannot meet the require-
ment for constant voltage used by electrical
devices on the loader. Therefore, a voltage
stabilizer must be equipped.

4. Voltage stabilizer uses a switch tube (on/

- 26 1- 26 1- 26
-01 the magnitude of field current,
off) to change
23 23-0 3-0
0
thus 2stabilizing the voltage of generator by 20 202
o _d _d _d
dregulating do do
gui gui gui
the field intensity.

- 4-23
 Operation

26 26 26
01- is primarily used to filter
5. The filter capacitor
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02 and high frequency inter fer-
out peak 2pulses 2 02 202
_d _d _d
dogiven by the generator. do do
gui gui gui
ence

4.2.9.5 Lamps

1. The left and right work lamps are mounted

on sides of the frame. See the right figure.

1) Steering light

2) Small head light

26 and lower beam)

3) Big head light (high
1- 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig.4-21 gui
2. Rear lamps are mounted on engine hood
and used for braking, steering and reversing
functions. See the right figure.

1) Front braking light

2) Steering light

3) Reversing light
1- 26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2Fig.4-22 2
_d _ d _d
ido
g3.uOn g u ido gui
do
top of the cab there mounted two front
work lamps and two rear work lamps below
the roof. See the right figure.

1- 26 26 26
3-0 01-
Fig.4-23
3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

4-24 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0
- cab there is an illumination lamp 23-
4. Inside23the
0 02 3-0
d 2 d2 2
mounted
_ on ceiling. This lamp has a separate
_ _d
do ido do
gui switch, which can be slid left or right togucontrol gui
its working state. See the right figure.

Fig.4-24

-26
4.2.9.6 Sensors
1 1- 26 1- 26
0 23-0 0 2 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 temperature sensor is mounted _ond 2
1. Coolant
_ _d
2
o
dcoolant doen- do
gui gine. It reflects the real value of coolant
gui tem- gui
return cylinder block of the diesel

perature via the changes of its internal

resistance value. See the right figure.

Fig.4-25

2. Oil temperature sensor is mounted on the

T- connector of26gearbox oil line. It reflects the
0 1 - 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 23-
real temperature of gearbox via the changes
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d internal resistance value. See the right
of its
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
u u gui
figure.
g g
3. Fuel level sensor is mounted on the front
left side straightly above the fuel tank. It re-
flects the real level of fuel tank via the
changes of its internal equivalent value.
Fig.4-26

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-25
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
4.2.9.7 Pressure - switches
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ light pressure switch is used to pro- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1. Braking
u
gvide gu
illumination signal for braking light. When
the brake pedal is pushed down by foot, the
pressure switch closes and the braking light is
on. In addition, the braking pressure switch al-
so provides power cutoff signal for the gear-
box, i. e. the gearbox has no power output
when the brake pedal is pushed down by foot.

Fig.4-27
26 26 26
- 01- switch is mounted on the
2. Parking pressure
3 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 valve. The parking light is on d 202
braking pressure
d 202
_ _ _d
ido the parking switch is pressed.
when
gu ido gu gui
do

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0
Fig.4-28 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid uid do
g4.2.9.8 Reversing warning device g gui

Reversing warning device is mounted on rear

bracket of engine hood. When gearbox control
joystick is maneuvered for reversing purpose,
the reversing warning device is activated. In
addition, when the machine is powered on for
the first time, the warning device will buzzes
once or twice to give alert.

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0
Fig.4-29 02 3-0
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

4-26 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
4.2.9.92Integrated control box
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d o_
d
Ito is mounted in console box inside theidcab.
_d
i d do
gu For detailed deployment see the rightgfigure.
u gui
(1) Start contactor

(2) 80A fuse link

(3) Power relay

(4) Gear/start interlock relay

(5) Horn relay

6 26 26
1-2relay
(6) Bucket limit 1- 1-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
(7) d 2 arm limit relay 2 2
_ Lift
_d _d
i do do do
u
g (8) Brake relay gui gui
Fig.4-30
(9) Single circuit fuse link

(10) Reverse warning relay

(11) Rear work lamp relay

(12) Flashing relay

(13) Flameout relay

6
-2relay 26 26
(14) A/C power
1 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
(15) Charging resistance 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
d(16)Starting do do
gui contactor gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-27
 Operation

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4.2.9.10 Washer reservoir

The washer reservoir is located behind interior

decoration at rear of cab. It supplies cleaning
solvent for windshield wiper. See the right
figure.

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig.4-31 gui

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-28 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
4.2.10 Air - conditioning system
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
4.2.10.1 Composition
gu gu
The air conditioning system consists of a com-
pressor, a evaporator assembly, a condenser
assembly, a dryer, a throttle component and
the refrigerant hoses.

The air compressor is driven by the engine

through the compressor belt. Power is sup-
plied by the battery of the machine. Tempera-
ture and air volume is adjustable on the
0 1 -2It6 features large air volume, 0 1 -26 1- 26
3-0
control panel.
23-
quick20refrigerating effect and automatic cab 2023
-
Fig.4-32
202
d d _d
d o_
temperature control. o_ d do
gui gui gui
4.2.10.2

Refrigerant capacity 4000±5%W

Heating capacity ≥5000W
Voltage 24 V.DC
Total power ≤450W
Compressor 5H14
Air volume 400m³/h
6 26 26
-0 1-2 1- 1-
3-0 3-0
Refrigerant R134a
2 023 2 02 202
d Refrigerant 950±5%g
_d _d
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
4.2.10.3 Operating principle

1. Refrigeration

Low temperature and low pressure refrigerant

gas is absorbed by compressor and become
high temperature and high pressure gas after
compression. The gas enters condenser via
pipe and dissipates heat in the condenser.
The gas is then26condensed into high tempera-
0 1 - 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 2 -
ture and 3high pressure liquid. After drying and
0 23- 02 3-0
2
d by the dehydrator, the liquid is throt- 2 2
_d _d
filtration
o _ o(ex- do
Fig.4-33
i d i d
gui
tled and relieved through throttle element
u
g pansion valve) and enters the evaporator g u
as
low temperature and low pressure liquid. By

- 4-29
 Operation

26 26 26
absorbing the heat
3 - 01- inside the cab, the liquid is 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
evaporated
d 202into gas. The gas is then sucked d 202 202
in byo_compressor again and starts a newo_ _d
uid cycle. Through the repeated cycles, d do
gworking gui gui
the evaporator continues to absorb heat from
air inside the cab so as to obtain a cooling
effect.

2. Heating

The high and low ends of engine cooling

water is connected to inlet and outlet of radia-
tor respectively with hoses. When heating is
required, open the-2hot6 water valve and the air -26 26
0 1 0 1 1-
conditioner 2air
0 3- volume switch to allow engine 0 23- 02 3-0
2
coolingdwater to continuously pass through d 2 2
o_ _ _d
i dradiator i do do
u
the
g u
so as to heat up the air passing
g gui
by the radiator. Heated air is continuously
blown out by the fan in order to provide heat
for the cab.

Note: Close the water feed valve and water

return valve in refrigerating cycle of the air
conditioner, or the refrigerating effect would
be abated.

3. Pressure control
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
0 3
Pressure of 2the - air conditioning system is con-
023
-
02 3-0
2
d high/low pressure switch. When the _d 2 2
trolled_via
o _d
i d do do
gairu conditioning system has abnormal pres- gui gui
sure (insufficiency or lack of refrigerant or
over high pressure), disconnect the compres-
sor to protect the air conditioning system.
High pressure: Cutoff by 3.14 M a and reset
by 2.55 Mpa Fig.4-34

R134 a air conditioning system:

High pressure: Cutoff by 3.14 M a and reset

by 2.55 Mpa 6
0 1 -2 0 1 -26 1-26
Low pressure: -
023 Cut off by 0.20 Mpa and reset 2023
-
02 3-0
2
dMpa d 2
by 0.23
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
g4.uElectrical schematics gu gui
See the right figure

4-30 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
4.2.10.4
023
-
Operation instruction
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_Control panel _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1.
gu
2. Function of control elements

1) Power and air volume switch is a threelevel

knob switch that is off in "O" position and on
in " ● " position. Air volume of the fan can
be low, medium and high.

2) The shift switch in the middle of the panel is

used to control switching between cooling
and heating.
1 -26 1-2
6
Fig.4-35 1- 26
0 23-0 0 23-0 02 3-0
d 2 temperature controller switch corre-
3) The
_ _ d2 _d
2
do sponds to a temperature setting range o
dfrom do
gui zero to 18 and it is used to set up refrigerat-
gui gui
ing temperature inside the cab.

When actual temperature in the cab is higher

than temperature setting, refrigeration begins.
When actual temperature in the cab is lower
than temperature setting, refrigeration stops.

3. Refrigeration operation instruction

6 26 26
1) Turn the Mode
0 1-2 switch to the snowflake icon 1- 1-
( ). 023
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
o Turn o_d _d
d2) d do
gui on the Volume switch. Turn the
gui tem- gui
perature control switch to the refrigeration
icon. Refrigerating operation starts when
the indicator light under the icon lights up.

3) Adjust the temperature control switch to set

desired temperature.

4) Turn the Volume switch to select a volume

level. Adjust the air volume of the evapora-
26 level.
tor to the desired
1- 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 the blades in the air outlet to changed 202
5) Adjust
d 202
_ _ _d
do the direction of air flow. do do
gui gui gui
6) When the temperature in the cab drops to
the desired level, slowly turn the
- 4-31
 Operation

1- 26 26 26
temperature 0control
3 - switch counterclock-
3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202the indicator goes off. The com- d 202
wise until
d 202
_ stops working at this moment, ando_ _d
do
pressor
i uid do
u
g the air temperature in the cab is just thegpre- gui
set temperature. When the temperature in
the cab rises above the preset value, the in-
dicator lights up once again and the com-
pressor starts working again, so as the
refrigerating operation. Once the air in the
cab cools down to the preset temperature,
the indicator goes out and the system stop
sworking again.

1-26
0conditioner 01 -26 1-26
- - 3-0
7) When the air is being used, do
3
2 controller switch to the COOL 202 3 02
not turn20the 2
d d _d
i d o_ and the air flow switch to the mini- i d o_ do
gui
position
gumum in order to avoid frosting of evaporator
gu
and affecting the cooling effect.

4. Heating operation instruction

1) Turn the Mode switch to the sun ( ) icon.

2) Turn off the temperature control switch if it

is turned on. Turn on the air volume switch
to a desired level.
-26
01 in the air outlet to change 1-26 1-26
-
3) Adjust the blades
3 3-0 3-0
202 of air flow.
the direction 202 202
o _d _d _d
ido
uid Turn off the hot water valve whenguthe
gNOTE: gui
do
refrigeration system is working in summer;
turn off the temperature control switch when
the heating system is working is winter.

5. Maintenance and troubleshooting

• The service life of the air conditioner de-

pends to a large extend on proper mainte-
nance by user.
6
-2winter 26 26
• Use antifreeze1in to avoid frost crack- 1- 1-
3-0
02 core.
ing of heater 02 3-0 02 3-0
• Run_ dthe2 air conditioner for at least 10 mi- _d 2 _d
2
ido every month when it is not used gfor
gunutes uida
o
gui
do
long period of time.

4-32 -
 Operation

- 26 1-26 1- 26
• -01 leak of refrigerant, do not re-
To prevent
3 3-0 3-0
202 the air conditioning system unless 202
move 2 02
_d _d _d
do necessary. do do
gui gui gui
Maintenance interval
Maintenance interval
Item Maintenance Mont Sea
Week Year
h son
Motor operation without strange
★
noise
1 Evaporator
Air in/out without blocking ★

-26 6
Water drain without blocking
-2
★
26
-01 0 1bolt 1-
02 3 023
No loosened fixing- ★ 3-0
d2 d 2 202
o_ Proper _tension
o of belt _★d
d Compres
d do
gui i
gu pickup of clutch gui
2
sor Regular ★
Replenishment of antifreeze ★
Core is clean and cleaned
3 Condenser ★
regularly.
Observation of reservoir sight glass
4 Refrigerant without bubbles, or leak of ★
refrigerant
Looseness or leak of

-26Pipeline 26 oil
connector(generally a leak has
-
★
26
5
-01 stain.) -0 1 1-
02 3 0 23 02 3-0
d2 d2
No damage. ★
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui 6
3- step gui and clear change of
Clear positions
★ gui
switch air volume
Electrical
7 Looseness, falling off or exposure ★
connector
Tempera
Controller working normally or
8 ture ★
indicator illuminating normally
controller
All components operating normally
9 System ★
without strange noise.

-26 1-26 1- 26
-01
Troubleshooting
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_
Symptom Cause Measures
gui
d Insufficient High/low pressure
ido
guis Sight glass without
ido
u refrigerant
Draingsome
cooling volume. too high. bubbles, extra refrigerant until pressure is normal.

- 4-33
 Operation

1- 26 1- 26 -26
Check if the electronic -01
02 3-0 2 3-0 3
2 0 fan is fine. 202
_d _ d 2 dissipation of
Bad heat
_d
do do condenser ido
gui gui
Check if the condenser is
g u
fine.
Check for leak and repair
High/low pressure is Sight glass with bubbles, the leaks. Replenish
too low. insufficiency of refrigerant refrigerant until pressure
is normal.
High pressure is too Expansion valve dirty and
high while low blocked Other Check or replace.
pressure too low. components blocked
Air insufficiency in Air inlet/outlet blocked
-26 6
1-2plugged 26
Clean
1 evaporator Evaporator core 1-
02 3-0 3-0
02 Defective 3-0
2 All components do Fuse2blown Replace Check and 202
_d d
o_ grounding repair o_ d
do not work.
d uid
gui gui Failure of electric circuit Check g
the circuit.
No pickup of Check for leak, repair the
compressor clutch Severe leak of refrigerant leak, and replenish
No refrigeration.
refrigerant.
Too loose or serious worn Adjust the tensioning
Compressor clutch is belt pulley or replace the belt.
able to pick up but the
Compressor cylinder Repair or replace
belt skids.
sticking compressor.

- 26 1- 26 1-26
-01
4.2.10.5 Air outlets
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
do air outlet: Located in the rear partuiof
(A): Rear
i do do
u
gthe operator cab g gui
(B): Front air outlet

1- 26 26 26
3-0 3 -
Fig.4-3601- 3-0
1-
202 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-34 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
(C): Bottom - air outlet
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

Fig.4-37

(D): Defrosting air outlet

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-38

4.2.11 Radio

4.2.11.1 Control panel

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-39

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-35
 Operation

-26 -26 1-26

-01 key
(1)Power / Mode -01 key
(10)Repeat
3-0
023 023 02
d 2 / Function key
(2)Volume
_
2
d(11)NT _d
2
i do do_ do
g u
(3)Remote control hole gui (12)Random play key gui
(4)(4) Navigation key (13)Delete key
(5)Clock / Mute key (14)SD / MMC port
(6)Reset key (15)USB port
(7)Ban / Auto Scan key (16)LCD display
(8)Copy key (17)Radio station memory keys
(9)Play / Pause key

-2 6 26 26
4.2.11.2 Radio01operation instruction 1- 1-
023
- 3-0 3-0
d 2 d 202 202
_
The following describes radio operation. _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
1. Band selection
Short pressing of the 7. BAND/AMS key allows you to select a band from the following bands:
FM1→FM2→FM3→AM1→AM2→FM1.

2. Select/preset a radio station

The numeral keys are preset frequencies of radio stations.
Short pressing of any of the numeral keys plays the station preset on this key.
Long pressing of any of the numeral keys stores current station to this key.
Long pressing of the 7.BAND/AMS key activates auto searching of radio stations and stores them
to the numeral keys
1-261 through 6. -26 1 1-26
23-0
0 stations 0 2 3-0 0 23-0
3. Search2radio
_ d _ d2 _ d2
o do to search up/down radio stations manually.
o
uid pressing of the 4. TU-/TU+ key allows
Short
gLong g uiyou g uid
pressing of the 4. TU-/TU+ key allows you to search up/down radio stations automatically.
Select a radio station manually when the signal is poor.

4.2.11.3 MP3 playing instruction

The following describes MP3 playing instruction. This device supports MP3 and WMA formats.

1. Play and pause

Press the key 9 (numeral key 2) to shift between play and pause.

2. Repeat, browse-2 6 random play -26 26

0 1 and
0 1 1-
- 23-
02310 (numeral key 3/RPT) to repeat the20play.
Press the key
02 3-0
2
d key 11 (numeral key 4/NT) to browse _and
d play. 2
Press_the
o o _d
i d i d do
u the key 12 (numeral key 5/RDM) togplay
gPress u randomly. gui
3. Select a song

4-36 -
 Operation

26
1- key 4. TU- to select previous song; -01-
Short press0the
26 1- 26
3
Short2press
-
02 the key 4. TU+ to select next song;2023 023-0
d d 2
o_ press the key 4. TU- to select previous o_10 songs; _d
i dLong
i d do
gu Long press the key 4. TU+ to select nextgu 10 songs; gui
4. Copy or delete a file
COPY operation is only performed from current playing device to a target device. For example,
when a USB is being played, to copy songs from USB to NAND (radio memory), press the key (8)
(numeral key 1/CPY) and turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to select target device.
For example, the LCD displays COPY-NAND or COPY-SD. Then press the key (8) (numeral key 1/
CPY) and turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to select a copy mode. The LCD displays
COPY ONE (copy current single song) or COPY ALL (copy all songs). Continue to press key (8)

26 -26COPY Y/N (yes or no). If it is yes, finally-26

(numeral key 1/CPY) to enter COPY confirmation operation.
0 1 - 0 1 0 1
-
Turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to -
select -
023key (8) (numeral key 1/CPY) to start copying.
press2the 2 023 2 023
d d d
i d o_ operation only deletes songs fromidcurrently
DEL o_ played device. Press the key (13)
i d o_(6/DEL) and
gu turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise
gu gu press the key
to select DEL Y/N (yes or no). Finally
(13) (6/DEL to start deleting.
FORMAT operation will only format currently played device. For example, NAND (radio memory),
USB or SD does not work and contains no important files, they can be formatted.
Long press the key (13) (numeral key 6/DEL) and turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to
select FORMAT Y/N (yes or no). Finally press the key (13) (numeral key 6/DEL) to start formatting.

4.2.11.4 Other operation intructions

1. Power switch 6
0 1 -26 on the power.
-2 press the key (1) (PWR/MODE) to01turn 1- 26
- 3- 3-0
In power-off status,
023machine is started, press the key (1) (PWR/MODE)
After 2the 202 to turn off the power. 2 02
o _d _d _d
d2. do do
gui Mode change gui gui
With the machine started, hold down the key (1) (PWR/MODE) to change mode among radio,
NAND (radio memory), USB and SD.

3. Mute
Short press the key (5) (CLK/MUTE) to turn on/off sound volume. Adjusting sound volume will can-
cel mute.

4. Adjusting sound volume

Turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust sound volume.
-26
01 01 -26 1- 26
2 3 -
5. LOUD adjustment
02 3 -
023-0
Press20
the key (4) (LOUD) to turn on/off the loud2effect. 2
_d _d _d
do ido ido
gui 6. EQ adjustment gu gu
Press the key (4) (EQ) to cycle among FLAT→POP→ROCK→CLASS→DSP OFF.

- 4-37
 Operation

26
1- adjustment 26 26
7. Time display 0and
3 - 3 - 01- 3 - 01-
Long press
d 202the key (5) (CLK/MUTE) to display time.
d 202In time display mode, long press thedkey
202(5)
_ _ _
u i do
(CLK/MUTE)
u i do or hour flashes, meaning you have
over three seconds and the minutes
u i doaccessed
gthe time adjusting mode. Short press thegkey (5) (CLK/MUTE) to select adjustinggthe minutes or
hour. Turn the dial (2) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust minutes or hour. After time adjust-
ment, press the key (5) (CLK/MUTE) to go back to default display.

8. System reset
When this device has a fault, press the RST key to rest it to factory setting.

9. System setup
Short press the dial (2) to cycle among VOL→BAS→TRE→BAL. Turn it clockwise or counterclock-
wise to adjust the magnitude.
VOL - volume, BAS
0 1 -26- bass , TRE - treble, BAL - balance 01-26 0 1 -26
Long press02the3- dial (2) first to access system menu.0Then23- short press the dial (2) to select the 3-
02fol-
d 2 d 2 d 2
lowing
i d o_functions. Then turn it clockwise or counterclockwise
i d o_ to change setup.
i d o_
u LAST/ADJ: Select power-on volumegumode. LAST is the value of last volume.guADJ is default
gVOL
volume value after power on.
BEEP ON/OFF: Switch on/off the BEEP function.
12/24 HOUR: Time display mode in 12 or 24 hours.
CLR MEM: Delete data saved on this device and reset it to factory state and power off the
machine.

4.3 Cab door catch

1.
1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-40

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
23-0 023-0 02 3-0
20 door toward catch (1) to lock the
1) Pushdthe 2 2
_ _d _d
i do do do
g udoor.
gui gui

4-38 -
 Operation

26
1- door, press lever (2) to release
2) To close 0the 1- 26 1- 26
3-
02 (1). 3-0 3-0
the2catch
d d 202 202
_ _ _d
i do When the door is open, lock it securely
i do to do
g u catch (1). g u gui

4.4 Lockable Caps and Covers

4.4.1 Lockable Caps and Covers

1. Use the ignition key to lock/unlock the caps

and covers.

For more information on lockable caps and

26
covers see0"1-Locking" on page 3-85. Insert 1 -26 1- 26
3- 3- 0 3-0
202to its shoulder (A).
the key 202 202
o _d _d _d
dNOTE:The do do
gui gui
key could break if it is not inserted
gui
to bottom and turned.

Fig.4-41

4.4.2 Lockable caps

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-39
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
1. Unlocking
023
-
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ off cover (1) to expose _d _d
i d the key slot. ido do
gui
1) Slide
gu gu
2) Insert the ignition key into the slot.

3) Turn the key clockwise to mark A on the

cap to unlock the cap (2).
Position (A): Unlock
Position (B): Lock
Fig.4-42

2. Locking

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

1) Screw on the
0 23-
cap (2) tightly and insert the
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d key into the key slot.
ignition
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
g2)uTurn the key to LOCK position (B), and gthenu gui
remove the key.

3) Slide cover (1) onto the key slot.

Fig.4-43

4.4.3 Lockable covers

1. Unlocking 1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 ignition key into the key slot.
1) Insertdthe 2 2
o_ o _d _d
d uid do
gui
2) Turn the key counterclockwise to g
unlock gui
the cover and open it by the handle.
Position (A): Unlock
Position (B): Lock

2. Locking
Fig.4-44
1) Shut the cover properly and insert the key.

2) Turn the key clockwise to position (B) and

-26 1- 26 1-26
-01
remove the key.
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
do_ do do
gui gui gui

4-40 -
 Operation

-2 6 26 26
-01
4.5 Toolbox 1- 1-
023 02 3-0 023-0
d toolbox is located in the upper right_ofd 2
2
1._The _d
2
do do do
gui counterweight, as shown by the figure.
gui It is gui
used to store tools and other articles.

Fig.4-45

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0
4.6 Machine Operation and Control 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d
o Before Starting the Engine ido _d _d
d4.6.1 do
gui gu gui
4.6.1.1 Walk-around inspection

Before starting the engine it is necessary to check around and under the machine for loose bolts
and nuts and leak of engine oil, fuel or coolant. Also check the conditions of work equipment and
hydraulic system. In addition, where near hot parts shall be checked too for loose wiring, gap and
dust buildup.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui g u
Check and clean the following items each day before starting the engine: gui

1. Check work equipment, cylinders and hoses for cracks, excessive wear or looseness. Repair or
replace it in case of any problem.

2. Remove the dirt and debris around the engine, battery and radiator.
Check the surrounding of engine and radiator for buildup of dirt. Check the surrounding of muffler,
turbocharger or other hot components for flammable materials like dry leaves and thin branches.
Remove them if any dirt or flammable materials are found.

26 26
For method of removing dirt from radiator, see “Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean" on page 6
1 - 1 - -2
5-43. -0
3 -0
3 -01
3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
i d o_Check for any leaks of coolant or oil around
3.
i d o_ the engine. i
_
do it in case of
g u Check the engine for leak of oil. g
Checku the cooling system for leak of coolant. g u
Repair
any problem.

- 4-41
 Operation

26 26 26
01- unit, hydraulic tank, hoses and joints
4. Check the hydraulic
3 - 3 - 01-for any leaks of oil. 3-0
1-
02 leaks. Repair the leaks if any.
Check for2oil 202 2 02
_d _d _d
ido the undercarriage (track, sprockets,
g5.uCheck
do
gui tension rollers and guards) for damage,
do
gui wear, loose
bolts or roller leakage.
Correct the problem if any.

6. Check the handholds and step for any problem like loose bolts.
Repair it in case of any problem. Tighten the loose bolts.

7. Check the gauges and monitor.

Check the gauges and monitor in operator compartment. Change the parts or components in case
of any problem. Clean their surfaces.
-26
01 rear mirrors -26
01 01-26
8. Clean and check
3 -
2 the rear mirrors for any damage. 2Repair 3 - 3 -
Clean and 20check 02 it in case of any damage. Clean the20mir-
2
_ d _ d _ d
i
rors
u doand adjust their positions so that the area
u i dobehind the machine could be seen clearly
u i do from op-
gerator’s seat. g g

9. Check the safety belt and holds for damage or wear. Replace it with a new one in case of any
damage.

10.Check the bucket with hook (if equipped) for any damage.
Check the hoisting hook, guide plate and hook seat for any damage. Contact your Sany distributor
for repair in case of any problem.

4.6.1.2 Inspection before starting

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
The items 2 -
0in3 this section must be checked 2023
-
023-0
2
d before starting the engine. d 2
every _day
o o_ _d
i d i d do
u and sediment in fuel tank- drain gu
gWater gui

1. Place a suitable container under the drain

port (1) on bottom of the fuel tank.

2. Remove the drain plug (2) to drain the sedi-

ment, water and fuel from fuel tank.
Fig.4-46
3. When clean fuel is seen, screw on the drain
plug (2).
1-26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-42 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
0 3- sediment
Water 2and in water separator
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
check/drain
_d _d
guido gui
do
gui
do
1. Open the engine hood.

2. Check water level and volume of sediment

through the transparent cover (1). If water or
sediment is built up at the bottom, place a
container under drain hose (3) to receive
drainage. Fig.4-47

3. Open drain valve (2) to discharge water.

-26 1- 26 1- 26
-01 valve (2) once fuel is seen com-
4. Close drain
23 3-0 3-0
20of drain hose (3).
ingdout 202 202
_ _d _d
i do do do
u
g NOTE: gui gui
• If cover (2) is dirty and opaque, clean it
when replacing fuel filter element (1).
• When the drain valve (3) has been removed
during cleaning, its O-ring (4) must be
greased and the valve must be tightened till
it contacts the bottom.

Drain valve - adjust Fig.4-48

-26
01 valve (3) works sluggish, apply 3-01-
26 1- 26
-
• If the drain
3 3-0
d 202 to its O-ring seal (4) in order tod 202 202
grease
_ _ _d
i do smooth its movement. i do do
g u g u gui
Oil level of hydraulic tank - check

1-26 1-2
6
Fig.4-49 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 the bucket onto ground and stop the
1._Lower _d
2
_d
2
o
dengine. do do
gui gui gui

- 4-43
 Operation

26
- equipment joystick con- 1- 26 1-26
01work
2. Maneuver the
3- 3-0 3-0
02
trol in all2directions, within 15 seconds after 2 02 202
_d
o shutdown, _d _d
uid
engine
gpressure.
to release ido
internal
gu gui
do

3. If oil level is below the L mark, add oil

through the filler opening on top of the hy-
draulic tank.
Recommended oil: Caltex anti-wear hydraulic
oil HDZ46 (B420106000036)
Hydraulic tank capacity: 220 L

- 6 -26 26
Note: Do not add 2oil to a level above the H
0 1 0 1 1-
mark, which 3may
0 2 - otherwise impair hydraulic
0 2 3- 02 3-0
2
d and cause oil to squirt out. If oil _d 2 2
_d
components
o _ o
uid is above the H mark, stop the engine uid do
gui
level
gand g
wait for the oil to cool down. Then discon-
nect the small hose connected with the drain
pipe of steering pump to drain oil to the middle
line between the L and H marks on hydraulic
tank. Collect hydraulic oil with a container dur-
ing draining. Reconnect and tighten the small
hose after draining to the specified torque.

Coolant level - check

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-50

The coolant level must remain between the

upper and lower limits marked on the coolant
1 -26 is working. If coolant
tank when the 0engine 0 1 -26 1-26
-
023the lower limit, replenish coolant 2023
level is below
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_radiator. o_ _d
to the
d d do
gui gui gui

4-44 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
- oil pan - check/add
Oil level23in
0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

1. Open the engine hood.

Fig.4-51
2. Take out oil dipstick (G) and wipe the oil off
the dipstick with cloth.
0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
0
- dipstick
3. Insert23the (G) to bottom and then
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ it out.
pull _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
4. Oil level should be between the H and L
marks on dipstick (G). Add oil through open-
ing (F) if oil level is below the L mark. Fig.4-52

5. If oil level is above H mark, the drain valve

(P) on the bottom of oil pan is to be opened
to discharge extra oil. Check oil level
again.
6
2 cap and properly close the 26 26
1-filler
6. Tighten the 1- 1-
3-0
2 if oil level is fine. 023-0 02 3-0
20hood
engine 2 2
o _d _d _d
dNOTE: do do
gui gui gui
• If you need to check oil level after engine
operation, shut off the engine and wait at
least 15 minutes before inspection.
• The machine must be kept level during
inspection.

Electric wires - check

Fig.4-53

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-45
 Operation

1-26 1-26 1-26

023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Check whether the fuse is blown; whether the

1 - 26
fuse with specified capacity is used; whether
1-26 1-26
0
there is open -circuit
3 or sign of short circuit;
3-0 3-0
2
20 sheath is broken.
whether wire 202 202
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gCheck gui
the terminals for looseness. Tighten gui
any loosened terminals.

Moreover, pay special attention to electric

wires when checking battery, engine, start
motor and generator. Always check the bat-
teries if there are flammable materials around
them. Remove flammable materials immedi-
ately if any.

1-26 1-26 1-26

023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-46 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
Fuel level -- Check
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

Fig.4-54

1. Turn engine start switch to the ON position

26
1- fuel level on the instrument.
and check 0the 1- 26 1- 26
23-
0 switch to the OFF position after 20 2 3-0 02 3-0
Turn 2the 2
o _d _d _d
dchecking. do do
gui gui gui
2. When fuel level is low, remove the fuel tank
filler cap (F) and refuel the tank.
• Fuel tank capacity: 300 L
• The instrument alarms when fuel level is Fig.4-55
below 10%.

3. Screw on and tighten the filler cap (F) after

refueling.

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
NOTE:
202
• Pressure
d in the fuel tank may drop if the 202 202
o_ o _d _d
d idmay do
gui gui
vent hole on the cap is blocked, which
gu
hinder the flow of fuel. Clean the vent when-
ever necessary. Fig.4-56
• The travel distance for tightening the cap is
long. Make sure the cap is turned into posi-
tion before you turn the key to lock the cap.
If the key is turned when the cap is not in
position, the lock tongue will be pressed
against inner wall of filler port and it is possi-
ble to damage6the lock cylinder.
0 1 -2 0 1 -26 1- 26
• The O-ring
0 23-
seal in lock cap must be kept
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d d _d
clean. If the seal is contaminated by debris
i d o i d o_be do
gu gu gui
such as iron scraps and stones, it could
damaged during tightening and inappropri-
ate sealing could result.

- 4-47
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

0 3
-
Work lamp 2switches - check
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the work lamps for normal functioning.ido_ _d
Check
i d do
gu gu gui
Check for any dirt or damage.

If any lamp does not work, the bulb may be

burned or broken circuit may be present. Con-
tact your Sany distributor for repair.

1. Turn the start switch to the ON position. Fig.4-57

2. Switch on the work lamp switch and check if

the lamps light up.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
Horn - check
023
-
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the start switch to the ON position. ido_ _d
i d do
gui
1. Turn
gu gu
2. The horn sounds immediately when the
horn button is pressed. Make sure that the
horn sounds normally. In case of dead horn or
abnormal sound, contact your Sany distributor
for repair.
Fig.4-58

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-48 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
4.6.1.32Adjustment before operation
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Operator seat adjustment
gu gu
It is necessary to adjust seat position before
operating or after changing operator.

Adjust the seat so as to enable the operator to

easily manipulate the control levers, pedals
and switches from the seat.

(A) Forward and backward adjustment Pull

the lever (1) upward, slide the seat to desired
6
position, and 2release
-
the lever. Adjusting 26 26
1 1- 1-
3-0 (10mm per step)
length: 200mm 3-0 3-0
d 202 d 202 202
o_ Backrest adjustment Lift lever (2), idmove
o_ _d
do
(B)
i dthe
g u u
backrest to an optimum position gat where gui
operation can be easily conducted, and re-
lease the lever. Do not allow the backrest to
interfere with the window glass behind it. Fig.4-59
(C) Seat height adjustment Pull up lever (3) to
apply suitable force to rear end of operator
seat in order to raise or lower the rear end of
operator seat to a desired position. Release
the lever after adjustment. Pull up lever (4) go
6 to front end of operator
-2force -26 26
apply suitable
0 1 0 1 1-
23- to raise or lower the front end of 2023-
seat in0order 02 3-0
d 2 2
o_ to a desired position. Releaseothe _d _d
do
operator
i d i d
gu lever after adjustment. gu gui
(D) Armrest angle adjustment Turn the wheel Fig.4-60
(6) under the armrest (5)to adjust the angle of
armrest to a desired position. The armrest can
be raised vertically so that the operator can
leave the seat easily.

(E) Suspension adjustment Turn the dial (7) to

adjust the suspension of the seat to a desired

-26 26 26
level according to road conditions or the
0 1 1- 1-
- operator.
weight of3the 3-0 3-0
d 202 d2
02 202
o_ _ _d
do do
NOTE: Neverturn the red pointer to a point
guidbetween 40 and 130. gui gui

- 4-49
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

(F) Head rest
0 23-adjustment (if equipped) Turn 2023- 02 3-0
2 2
_d (8) and pull the headrest up or downo_d
the lever
o _d
d d do
gtouiadjust the headrest to a desired position.
gui gui
Rear view mirrors

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2Fig.4-61 2
o _d _ d _d
uid mirrors(A, B) do do
gRear gui gui
Adjust the position of rear mirrors (A) and (B)
to get a clear view of the area at the rear left
and rear right side of the machine.

• Install rear mirrors (A) and (B) to the posi-

tion as shown.
• Loosen nut (3). Turn the fixing rod (2)
around bolt (1) to a suitable position and fi x
1-26 Fig.4-62-26
1 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
rod (1).
02 (3) and secure the fixing rod (2). 202
• Tighten2nut 202
_ d _d _d
ido of hut (3): 4.0~5.4 N·m {0.41~0.55
• Torque
gukgf·m} ido
gu gui
do

Adjustment of rear mirror is accomplished

when side of machine can be seen in the
mirror.

Rear mirrors (C) and (D)

Adjust the position of rear mirrors (C) and (D)

to get a clear view of the area behind the
machine. 6 2 26 26
1- 1- 1-
• Install rear 3-0
02 mirrors (C) and (D) at the posi- 023-0 02 3-0
_ d 2shown in the right illustration. _ d2 _d
2
ido the position of the two mirrors. guido do
tion as
g•uAdjust gui
Fig.4-63

4-50 -
 Operation

- 26 1-26 1- 26
• -01 of rear mirror is accomplished
Adjustment
3 3-0 3-0
202the area behind the machine can be 202
when 202
_d _d _d
do seen in the mirror. do do
gui gui gui
Seat belt

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Buckle up and release gui gui
The seal belt has a coiler, and belt length
needs no adjustment.

1. Buckle up
Hold clip (2) and pull the belt out of coiler (1).
Check that there is no twist on the belt and in-
sert catch (3) into buckle (4). Check if the belt
has been fastened by pulling it slightly.

2. Release-01
-26 0 1 -26
Fig.4-64
1- 26
23 23- 02 3-0
Press20button on buckle (4) to release catch 20 2
d d _d
i d o_ The belt will retract into the coileridauto-
o_ do
gui
(3).
gu matically. Hold clip (2) so that the belt
guretract
slowly into the coiler.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-51
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
0 23-
4.6.1.4 Operation before engine
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
starting
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

1-26 26 26
3-0 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
2 02 202
Fig.4-65
202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1. Check if the gear selector is in the neutral

position and if the mechanical lock is in the
Locked position.

2. Check if all control levers and pedals are

neutralized. They shall remain in neutral posi-
tion if not operated.26 26 26
1- 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202start switch (2) to the ON position.
3. Turn the 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido of the machine is monitored viaguthe
g4.uStatus ido gui
do
monitor of instrument. For detailed information
see" Monitor operation" on page 4-9.
• When a fault arises, the alarm indicator will
light up.
• If a fault code is displayed on the monitor,
check the corresponding fault immediately.
• If no fault code appears, the alarm indicator
may light up because: coolant temperature
6 26 26
1-2 oil pressure is too high
is too high; or engine 1- 1-
02
or too low. 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-52 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
4.6.2 Engine- starting
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

1- 26 -26
Fig.4-66
1 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTE
• Do not hold the start switch (2) at the
START position for more than 10 seconds.
• If the engine fails to start, try again at least
1 minute later.
• Do not operate the machine immediately
Fig.4-67
after engine startup until oil pressure falls
into its normal range. If oil pressure is ab-
6
2 operate any control lever or
normal, do1-not 26 26
1- 1-
3-0
02 Stop the engine and check.
pedal. 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do 1. Turn on the negative switch of the ubattery.
do do
gui g i gui
The battery chamber is located on the
upper left side of the counterweight.

2. Turn the gear selector to the N position.

3. Turn the start switch to the ON position.

System testing takes 4 to 5 seconds.

4. Check if all lights can light up and if read-

1 26
ings on the -instrument panel are normal.
1- 26 1- 26
23-0 23-0 02 3-0
20 the start switch to the START posi- 20
5. Turn 2
_d _d _d
do tion ido re- do
gui gui
to start the engine. The start key
gu
turns to the ON position once released. If

- 4-53
 Operation

26 26 26
01-to start, turn the key to the
the engine fails
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 and try again.
OFF position 2 02 202
_d _d _d
idoWhen the engine has been started, check
gu6. gui
do
gui
do
if all control and alert indicators on the in-
strument panel go out.

7. Run the engine at idle speed for at least

30 seconds.

8. Release the parking brake.

9. Select a gear level and step on the accel-

6 26 26
1-2 to raise engine speed.
erator pedal slowly 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 202
4.6.3o_Engine shutdown _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
1. Run the engine - at idle speed for about five
023
-
Fig.4-68
02 3-0
2
dto allow it to cool down gradually. d 2 2
minutes
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
g2.uTurn the start switch to the OFF position gu to gui
shut off the engine.

3. Remove the ignition key.

NOTE
• If the engine becomes excessively hot, do
not shut it down suddenly.

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-54 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
-
4.6.4 Machine operation
02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
4.6.4.1 Gear shifting
gu
Gear shifting is achieved by turning the gear
selector to the desired position. Then, you can
choose the travel direction of the machine
(Forward or Reverse).

NOTE: If the parking brake is not applied, the

transmission box can drive the machine with
the selected gear even if the engine is idling.

-26
Travel direction
1 1 -26 1- 26
023-0 02
- 0
3Fig.4-69 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.4-70

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Position N: Neutral

Position F: Forward

1- 26
Position R:-0Reverse 1- 26 1- 26
023 3-0 3-0
d 2 d 202 202
o_
When shifting from Forward mode to Reverse_ _d
i dmode, i dothe do
g u or from Reverse to Forward, g u
allow gui
engine and the machine to slow down first,

- 4-55
 Operation

26
- machine is operating on
especially when01the 1-26 1-26
3 - 3-0 3-0
202
solid ground. 202 202
_d
o - Reverse shifting can only be oper- _d _d
uid do do
gForward gui gui
ated at the 1st or 2nd gear level.

4.6.4.2 Forced downshifting (KD)

function

The force downshifting (KD) key is located on

the tip of the shift control lever. This key is a
push-in function key.

As shown in the right photo, the arrow points

0 1 -26 of the KD key. When 0 1 -26 1-26
3-0
to the moving direction
- -
2 023 is set at second Forward 2023
the transmission 202
(F2) o_d o_
d _d
d d do
gui gui gui
or second Reverse (R2) position, press the
KD key to shift the transmission down to first
Forward (F1) or first Reverse (R1).

The combined use of Forced Downshifting

function and direction downshifting function
makes shifting operation much easier during
bucket loading operation. Take one loading
cycle for example. The loader is moving to-
ward the load at-26F2 speed. When it ap- -26 26
0 1 0 1 1-
proaches the
0 23- load, press the KD key to 2023- 02 3-0
2 2
_d to F1. When the bucket is fullyo_d
downshift
o _d
uid move the control lever down to Rgupo-id do
gloaded, gui
sition, and the transmission changes to R2
speed automatically. This allowing the loader
to reverseat R2 speed and improves opera-
tion efficiency.

The forced downshifting function is cleared

once the transmission is switched to other
mode. The following method can be used to
cancel forced downshifting function:
• Press the KD key
0 1 -26again 1-26 1-26
- direction;
• Change 0of23travel 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d of travel direciton
• Change by turning the _d _d
ido
gushift control lever: gui
do
gui
do
• Shift to neutral position.

4-56 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
0 3
-
4.6.4.32Braking
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ o _d _d
idAlways machine smoothly, id do
gui
brake the espe-
gu g u
cially when the bucket is fully loaded or when
the machine is moving on slippery ground.

4.6.4.4 Engine shutdown

Turn off the negative switch of the battery if

the engine is not to be started. Otherwise, the
electrical system of the machine may get
damaged.
6 26 26
1-2
1. Slow the engine. 1- 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 the machine and turn the gear selectord 2
2. Stop
_d
2
i o_
dto d o_ do
g u the gui is
N position when the machine gui
stopped.

3. Lower the bucket to the ground.

4. Brake the machine when the machine is

stopped completely.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
5. Turn the start switch to the OFF position.
The indicators on the instrument panel go out
and the engine stops.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-57
 Operation

1-26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202equipment control
4.6.5 Work 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
uid lever (1) do do
gControl gui gui
Control lever (1) has suspension function.

Lifting / Lift arm limit suspension function

This switch is used to activate lifting suspen-

sion or lift arm limit function. Then, the control
lever moves to maximum lifting position.

Lifting suspension: The control lever is kept at

the lifting position 6even when the lift arm
0 1 -2 lifting position. The con- 0 1 -26 1-26
-
reaches its maximum
023 be moved to the neutral posi- 2Fig.4-71 023
-
02 3-0
trol lever 2must 2
d d _d
i d o_hand. Lift arm limit: The control leveriisd o_ do
gui
tion by
u
gplaced u
at lifting position until the lift garm
reaches its preset position. Then the control
lever returns to neutral position automatically.

Control lever (2)

Control lever (2) has suspension function.

Tipping over arrest function (Bucket

positioner)
6 6 26
This switch is used
0 1-2to activate the bucket posi- 0 1-2 1-
tioner. Then,
-
023the control lever moves to the 2023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_ tilting position. When the bucket o_ _d
do
maximum
i d i d
u
greaches gu
its preset tilting position, the control gui
lever returns to its neutral position
automatically.

4-58 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
023
-
4.6.6 Restricted operations
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_Do not raise the bucket and o_d _d
i d• dig theidarea do
gu
above the machine.
gu gui
• Do not operate the machine on any ground
that lacks sufficient support.
• Avoid any working conditions that may
cause the machine to tip over.
• Do not operate the machine with the hy-
draulic cylinder extended to stroke end.

Using the work equipment applying external

-26 the piston of the hydraulic
forces on it 1when
0 0 1 -26 1- 26
cylinder -
02is3 at its stroke end may cause dam- 2023
-
02 3-0
d 2 2
o_ to the cylinder and personal injury. Do
age _d
onot _d
i d i d do
gu operate the machine while the hydraulic gu cylin- gui
der is fully retracted or extended.
• Do not perform any operation using the
dropping force of the bucket.

Do not perform breaking or piling operation

using the dropping force of the bucket; other-
wise, service life of the bucket will be short-
ened. Do not strike the ground with the bucket
when the bucket cylinder is fully extended.
-2 6 26 26
• When the01machine is travelling downhill, do 1- 1-
not20
-
23 the engine or place the transmis- 202 3-0 02 3-0
stop
d at neutral position. 2
_sion _d _d
do do do
gui • Do not lift a load with the sling attached
gui di- gui
rectly onto the bucket tooth.
• Do not lift any person with the loader.

4.6.7 Permissible depth of water

Maximum accessible water depth: 630 mm

Tip:

6 not be above the boss,

Water surface-2shall -26 26
0 1 0 1 1-
023
drive axle -and the seal of the oscillating bear- 23-
02 3-0
2 20 2
_dof the rear axle.
ing _d _d
do ido do
gui When the machine pass a water g u
pond, the gui
water lever shall not exceed the center of the

- 4-59
 Operation

26 26 26
wheel boss. When
3 - 01- the water is not clear, hid- 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 or deep ditches may exist. Do d 202
den obstacles
d 202
_ _ _d
do in these area if work safety is unot
not work
i i do do
u
gguaranteed. g gui
• All water soaked lubrication points shall be
lubricated shall be lubricated when the ma-
chine has just operated in water.
• Check and make sure that no water enters
the transmission box or the axles.

4.6.8 Operation on a Slope

6
-2downhill 26 26
4.6.8.1 Traveling
1 1- 1-
0 23-0 23-0 02 3-0
Operated 2slowly when the machine is ap- d 20 2
_ _ _d
i do a downward slope or travelling onidao do
gui
proaching
u
gslope. Downward travel speed shall be lower
g u
than upward travel speed. Do not drive the
machine downhill at neutral transmission or
shift on a slope.

4.6.8.2 When engine stalls on a slope

If the engine stops on a slope, lower the buck-

et to ground. If the engine stalls on a slope,

1 - 26
lower the bucket to ground. Restart the engine
1-26 1-26
-0 machine.
after parking the
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ Cab door on a slope
4.6.8.3
d do do
gui gui gui
When the machine is on a slope, do not open
or close your cab door because it would cause
sudden change of force applied on the ma-
chine. Always secure the cab door in either
open or closed position.

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-60 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
4.6.9 When - the machine is seized
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the loader is stuck, try getting it iout
o_by _d
i d d do
gui
When
gu reversing. If the loader can neither drive
gu for-
ward nor reverse, try the following method.

Select a low gear (first or second).

Reverse the machine and turn the steering

wheel back and forth to its limit while the ma-
chine is reversing.
Fig.4-72
If only the fronts wheels get stuck, try either
26 methods to escape.
one of the following
1- 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202the front wheels and support the ma- 202
1. Raise
d d 202
o_ with the bottom of the bucket. Reverse
o_ _d
i dchine
i d do
gu the machine. gu gui

2. Turn to the left or to the right and press the

bucket onto the ground. Raise the front wheel
and turn the steering wheel to the other side.
Raise the bucket a little and reverse the
machine.

3. Raise the front wheels using the bucket.

6 26 26
1-2 wood blocks or similar ob-
Put tree branches, 1- 1-
3-0
02 the ground under the front wheels.
jects into 02 3-0 02 3-0
_ d 2 the machine. _d
2
_d
2
o
Reverse
do do
guid gui gui
4.6.10 Recommended application

4.6.10.1 Loading

1. General purpose bucket loading method.

This method is used to load loose material.

Drive the loader toward the material at the

2nd gear with the center of the bucket facing
-26 Hold the steering wheel with
the material01pile. 0 1 -26 1- 26
3- and operate the pilot valve lift 023-
02hand 02 3-0
2
the left
d control lever. Lower the lift arm to aboutd2 2
_ _ _d
do
arm do do
gui 500 mm above the ground. gui Fig.4-73 gui

- 4-61
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

23- is about 1 miter away from 2023-
When the loader
0 02 3-0
2 2
_d pile, further lower the lift arm tillo_d
the material
o _d
uidbucket engages the ground. Pleaseguseuid do
gthe gui
the manual KD to slow down the machine
from the 2nd gear to the 1st gear.

NOTE:

When the bucket engages the ground, avoid

applying great force onto the ground. Too
much pressure onto the ground increase the
resistance. At the same time, align the front
and rear frame of the loader.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
Step on the
023
-accelerator pedal to push the
023
-
02 3-0
bucket_d 2
into the material pile. When the loader _d 2 2
o _d
i d do do
gui
gisuunable to move forward, pull the pilot valve gui
bucket control lever backward to curl the
bucket.

Then push the bucket control lever back to

the neutral position so that the bucket can
move further into the material pile. Repeat this
operation till the bucket if fully loaded.

2. Multi-purpose bucket loading

This method applies

0 1 -26to loading hard materials 1- 26 1-26
3- greater viscosity.
or materials2with
0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
ooperation before pushing the bucket into _d _d
do
uidmaterial pile is the same as the general do
gui gui
The
gthe
purpose bucket loading method.

When the bucket can not move further into

the material, pull the pilot valve boom control
lever and push it back to neutral position. This
allows the bucket to raise a little and move fur-
ther into the pile. Then, pull the pilot valve
bucket control lever and push it back to neu-

26 -26 26
tral position. This allows the bucket to roll
0 1 - 0 1 1-
3- - 3-0
back and go further into the pile. Repeat this
Raise and 2 02Curl step till the bucket is fully 2 023 202
_d _d _d
ido
loaded.
gu gu ido gui
do
3. Backing off from the material pile

4-62 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
When the
0 23-bucket is fully loaded, operate the 2023- 02 3-0
2
pilotd valve bucket control lever to curl the d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu bucket. When the stopper on the
gu
bucket con-
gui
tacts the lift arm, push the bucket control lever
back to neutral position. Maximum rollback
angle can be attained in this way.

Raise the lift arm so that the bucket will clear

from the material pile while the loader is re-
versing. Hold the steering wheel with the right
hand and move the shift lever to the R
position.
26 26 26
01- backs off from the material 3-01-
When the loader
3 - 3-0
1-
202 the lift arm till the pivot pin is 500d 202
pile, lower
d 202
o_ above the ground. _ _d
dmm do do
gui gui gui
4. Material hauling

Haul the material with the load under the fol-

lowing circumstances:

1) Soft ground and unleveled ground where

heavy load truck is unable to drive.

2) Hauling distance is less than 500 meter,

where use of heavy load trucks is
26 26 26
01-
uneconomical.
3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 0 23- 202 202
d
Keep the hinge pin of the lift arm at the carry d _d
i o_
dposition i o_
dkeep do
g u (500 mm above the ground) and
g u gui
the bucket rolled back to its limit. This allows
the loader to move smoothly avoiding spillage
during hauling operation.

Select a hauling speed according to the haul-

ing distance and road condition. When the
loader pass a ditch or bump on the road, re-
lease the accelerator pedal. Apply parking
brake if necessary to make the loader slow
down. Pass the
0 1 -26 obstacle slowly so as to re- 0 1 -26 1- 26
duce the3-impact on the loader and avoid
0 2 0 23- 02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
spillage.
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui

- 4-63
 Operation

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5. Dumping

1) Dumping to trucks or hoppers

Step on the accelerator when the fully loaded

loader is 15 meters away from the truck or
hopper. If necessary,6 press the KD key or use
the park brake-0to 1-2decrease the speed of the 0 1 -26 1-26
023 the truck or hopper at a low 2023
-
02 3-0
2
loader. Approach
d d 2
o_ At the same time, the drive can set o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
speed.
u
gmaximum gu
lift height limit of boom if neces-
sary.. During this process, the operator shall
operate the loader carefully and keep close
watch on the bucket when it is nearing the
truck or hopper. Avoid the bucket interfering
with the truck or hopper.

When the loader is right above the truck or the

hopper, step on the brake pedal to slow the

0 1 -26 Push the pilot valve

loader down till it stops.
0 1 -26 1-26
bucket control
0 23-lever forward to tilt the bucket 2023- 02 3-0
2 2
_d
the load into the truck or the hop- d
_d
and dump
o _
i dDuring this process, keep close watchuon i do do
gui
per.
u
gthe movement of the bucket and make gsure
the bucket does not interfere with the edge of
the truck or the hopper. If the material has a
greater viscosity, move the bucket control lev-
er back and forth repeatedly and allow the
stopper of the bucket to collide with the lift
arm so that the material in the bucket can be
shake off.

If the length of the

0 1 -26truck body is more than 0 1 -26 1-26
023
twice the width - of the loader bucket, dump the
023
-
02 3-0
2 2 2
_d the truck from the front of the trucko_d
load into
o _d
uid uid do
body.
g g gui

4-64 -
 Operation

1-26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

When the load in the bucket has been

dumped, pull the pilot valve bucket control lev-
er back to stroke end and it will be attracted
by the electromagnet. When the lever is re-
leased, it won't return to the neutral position.
The bucket01 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
3-0
continues to roll back till the bot-
- -
2 023 is horizontal. At the same time, 2023
tom surface 202
d d _d
i d o_ electromagnet will shut off and the bucket
the
i d o_ do
gu control lever returns to the neutral position.
gu gui
Move the shift lever to Reverse position and
release the brake pedal to move the loader
away from the truck or hopper. When the
loader if backing off from the truck or hopper,
drive carefully and keep close watch on the
movement of the bucket. Make sure the buck-
et does not collide with the edge of the truck

26 -26 26
or the hopper. When the bucket if well away
0 1 - 0 1 1-
- - 3-0
from the truck or hopper, lower the lift arm
023loader if moving to get ready for the 2023
while2the 202
d _d _d
o_ work cycle.
dnext do do
gui gui gui
2) Low position dumping

Low position dumping is one kind of dumping

operation with the bucket not far off the
ground. This operation is used to transfer ma-
terials between two locations not far away
from each other.

After a low position dump, first roll the bucket

1
back to horizontal
0 -26 position, and then raise the 0 1 -26 1- 26
-
lift arm.23Otherwise,
0 the lift arm may not be 23-
0 02 3-0
2
d to rise due to the interference of the im- d2 2
_
able _ _d
do do do
gui plement linkage. gui gui

- 4-65
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
4.6.10.2 Dozing - operation
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the bucket flat against the ground and o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Lower
u
gmove u
the shift lever to forward 1st gear org for-
ward 2nd gear. Press the accelerator pedal to
move the loader forward. Raise the lift arm
slightly if obstacles are met when the bucket
is pushing.

When raising the lift arm during dozing opera-

tion, move the lift arm control lever between
the Lower and Raise position Do not place the Fig.4-74

1 - 26 the Raise or the Lower

control lever to either
1- 26 1-26
position so that
2 3 -0 the dozing operation can go 3-0 3-0
smoothly.20 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
uid do do
g4.6.10.3 Scraping operation gui gui
Raise the lift arm and tilt the bucket forward till
the cutters engage the ground. The angle be-
tween the cutter and the ground is about 60°C

When the ground is hard, place the lift arm

control lever at float position when the ground
is soft, place the lift arm control lever at neu-
tral position.
-26
01 to reverse 1st gear or re- 01 -26 1-26
Move the shift-lever
2 3 -
Fig.4-75
3 3-0
verse 2nd20
d gear and press the accelerator ped-
d 202 202
_ _ _d
domove the loader backward and scrape
al ito i do do
u
gthe ground with the bucket cutter. g u gui

4.6.10.4 Lifting operation

Perform lifting operation using special lifting

devices and observe the lifting capacity of the
devices.

Lifting a load with the sling attached on the

bucket tooth is forbidden.
1- 26 1- 26 1-26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-66 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
-
4.6.11 Bucket tips - Replace
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_Place a metal stick against one end iof _d
othe _d
i d d do
gui
1.
gu pin (1) and hammer the metal stick ingorder
u
to
drive the pin (1) out and remove the bucket tip
(2).

Fig.4-76

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTE:
• The metal stick shall have a smaller diame-
ter than the pin.
• If the tip cannot be removed safely in this
Fig.4-77
way, consult your Sany distributor for
replacement.

2. Remove the tip and check the retainer for

26
any damage.1-Replace it if necessary. The re- 1 -26 1- 26
0
3- tips worn short must be replaced 023- 0 3-0
tainers02
and 02
2
dnew ones. d2 2
o _ o _ _d
do
with
d uid
gui g
3. Clean the installation surface. Insert the re-
gui
tainer spring into the mounting hole of the
adapter. Mount the new bucket tip (2) to the
adapter. Push part of the pin (1) into the tip
and hammer it in completely in order to lock
the bucket tip onto its adapter.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-67
 Operation

26 26 26
4.6.12 Parking 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
d 202 2 02 202
_ _d _d
i do do do
g u gui gui

Always park the machine on hard and level

ground. If you have
0 1 -26to park the machine on a 0 1 -26 1-26
slope, chock23the
0
- tires with blocks. You can al-
023
-
02 3-0
2
d the bucket tips into the ground as ad- _d 2 2
o_
so thrust _d
i d do do
u
gditional safety measures. gui gui
1. Move the shift lever to the neutral position
and stop the machine. Apply the parking
brake.

2. Lower the bucket horizontally till it touches

the ground.

3. Place the lock plate at the Locked position.

-26 1-26 1-26
-01coolant temperature and oil
4. Check engine
23 3-0 3-0
0 the front panel.
pressure 2on 2 02 202
o _d o _d _d
• Ifdcoolant uid do
gui gui
temperature pointer is within the
g
red range, wait until the pointer goes to the
yellow range before stopping the engine.
• If warning alarm appears on the monitor
and oil pressure if found abnormal, stop the
engine immediately.

5. Shut off the engine.

4.6.13 Inspection after daily work

0 1 -26 1-26 1-26
3- and 3-0 3-0
202 02 02
1. Walk around check the machine.
Check_d work equipment, exterior of machine, _d 2 _d
2
o do do
uid machine body. Check for leaks of oil
gand guior gui
coolant. Repair it in case of any problem.

4-68 -
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
- fuel tank to maximum level.
2. Refill 2the
023
-
023-0
d 2 2 2
o_Check the engine compartment for any _d
opa- _d
i d3.
i d do
gu per or other debris. Remove them, gifuany, in gui
order to prevent fire.

4. Clean the mud on the undercarriage if any.

5. If the ambient temperature is below -35° C,

discharge the coolant in the radiator and en-
gine (Sany Heavy Machine uses the type of
anti-freeze liquid that freezes at -35°C).

-26
4.6.14 Locking
1 1- 26 1- 26
0 2 3-0 0 23-0 023-0
Make
_ d 2sure the following parts are locked prop-
_ d2 _d
2
o o do
guiderly when the machine is not used. uid g gui
1) Cab door

2) Engine hood

3) Battery box cover

4) urea tank box

Fig.4-78
5) Fuel tank filler port

6 26 26
1-2 in cold weather
4.6.15 Operation 1- 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
Under
_ d 2 low temperature it is not easy to start_dthe
2 engine and coolant can freeze. Therefore,
_ d 2 follow
o o o
guidthe instructions below. uid
g g uid
Fuel and lubricant

Select fuel and lubricant with low viscosity for all components when ambient temperature is low.

Coolant

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-69
 Operation

26 26 26
Please use Sany
3 - 01-genuine, efficient TEEC-L35 antifreeze
3 - 1- the coolant. Choosing any other type-01-
0as 3
02not recommended.
of coolant2is 202 202
d _d _d
i d o_ do do
u
gBattery gui gui
Battery capacity decreases as the ambient temperature drops. Keep battery capacity at 100% lev-
el. Do not let the battery stay long under low temperature so as to avoid the difficulty in starting the
machine.

Cover the battery or remove it from the machine when ambient temperature is low. Store the bat-
tery in a warm place and reinstall it before operating the machine.

After cold season

6
When the season-2changes 26
and the weather gets warm, -replace fuel and lubricant with that of -26
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 01
2 3
specified viscosity. 2 3 2 3
d 20 d 20 d 20
o_ o_ o_
uid Long-term storage
g4.6.16 gui
d
gui
d

4.6.16.1 Before storage

When you are leaving the machine in storage for a long period of time (over a month), follow the in-
structions below:
• Clean all parts of the machine and then store the machine indoors. If you have to store the ma-
chine outdoors, choose a level ground and cover the machine with canvas.
• Refill your fuel tank to its maximum level in order to avoid accumulation of water.
• Lubricate the machine and change its oil before storing it.
6
2 exposed part of the piston rod of hydraulic
2 6 26
• 1-the
Apply grease0to 01- cylinder. 1-
3 - 3 - 3-0
• 202 the negative terminal of the battery and
Disconnect
d 202reinstall its cover, or remove the battery20from
d
2
_ _ _d
do machine and store it in a separate place.
the do do
gui
• gui gui
For models equipped with an attachment, the control pedal of attachment shall be placed to
locked position.
• To prevent rusting, always use Sany’s genuine coolant.

4.6.16.2 During storage

26 26 26
• 01- operate the machine and drive it for a01short
During storage,
3-
- distance once a month. This can01-
3- 3-
202 a new oil film on parts and components.
help apply
d 202 Meanwhile, charge the battery of
202the
_ _d _d
do
machine. do do
gui
• gui gui
Before operating the work equipment, wipe off all the grease from the piston rod of hydraulic
cylinder.

4-70 -
 Operation

- 26 26
1- on the air conditioner for 3-5 minutes
- 26
• -01 is equipped with an air conditioner,-0switch
If the machine
3 3 -01 3
202a month, which can lubricate all parts 2of02its compressor. The engine shall run at
once
d d
2 idle
20lowd
i d o_speed when air conditioner is working.idIno_addition, check its refrigerant twice a year.
i d o_
gu gu gu
4.6.16.3 After storage

If the machine has been stored for a long period but no rusting prevention had been made each
month, contact your Sany distributor before operating the machine again.

Before operating the machine again after a long-term storage, observe the following instructions:
• Wipe off the grease from the piston rod of hydraulic cylinder.
• Apply lubricant or grease to all necessary locations.
• Water in the air can mix with oils of the machine when it has been stored for a long time.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26
-oils before and after starting the engine.23Replace
- -
023 023
Check the the oil if necessary.
2 2 0 2
d d d
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
gu 4.7 Transportation gu gu
4.7.1 Transport methods

Choose a method that is suitable for the weight and dimensions provided in "Specification"
section.

For transport of machines installed with cab protection structures, contact your Sany distributor for
more information.

-26and unloading
4.7.2 Loading
1 1- 26 1- 26
0 23-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 Loading and unloading
4.7.2.1
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do do ido
u gui when loading/unloading the machineguto/from
g The following instructions must be followed a trailer.
• Use an access ramp with enough width, length, thickness and strength. The maximum loading
and unloading angle of the ramp must not exceed 15 degrees.
• When piling the earth to build a platform, the platform must be fully compacted to prevent
landslide.
• To prevent the machine from skidding on the ramp, clean its wheels and the ramp before loading
and unloading.
• The machine is likely to skid when water, snow, grease or ice is present on surface of access
ramp.
1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 4-71
 Operation

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
4.7.2.2 Loading -
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ load or unload the machine on a hard o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1. Only
u
gand gu
level ground.

Keep a safe distance from road sides.

2. Brake the trailer and put blocks (1) under its

wheels.

Place access ramps (2) the left and right sides

respectively. The two ramps shall parallel to
each other and have equal distance to the Fig.4-79
centerline (3) of the26trailer. Mounting angle (4)
0 1 - 0 1 -26 1-26
shall not exceed - 15º. If the ramps bend too
023the weight of machine, supports 2023
-
02 3-0
much underd 2 d 2
o_be placed under the ramps to prevent o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
must
u
gthem gu
from bending.

3. Drive the loader up onto the trailer along

the ramps. Lower the bucket onto the trailer
floor and move the shift lever to N position.
Fig.4-80
4. Apply parking brake when the loader is
parked properly. Stop the engine and turn off
the negative switch of the battery.

26
Securing the machine
1- 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
Lock up the
d 202 lock on the front and the rear d 202 202
_and chock the wheels of loader. Secureo_ _d
do do
frame
i d
u
gthe machine with wire ropes at the tie downgui gui
points of the machine.

4.7.2.3 Securing the machine

1. Choose a hard and level surface to load the

machine. Keep the trailer a safe distance
away from roadside.

2. Brake the trailer and put blocks (1) under its

-26 -26 26
wheels. Place access ramps (2) the left and
0 1 0 1 1-
0 23-
right sides respectively. The two ramps shall
0 23- 02 3-0
2
paralleldto each other and have equal distance d 2 2
_ _ _d
do centerline (3) of the trailer. Mounting uan-
to ithe i do do
u
ggle (4) shall not exceed 15º. If the ramps bend
g gui
Fig.4-81
too much under the weight of machine,

4-72 -
 Operation

26 26 26
supports must
3 - 01- be placed under the ramps to 3-01- 3-0
1-
202them from bending.
prevent 202 2 02
_d
o Remove the chains and wire ropes fasten- _d _d
d3. do do
gui gui gui
ing the machine.

4. Turn on the negative switch of the battery

and start the machine.

5. Release the parking brake. Raise the buck-

et to transportation position. Shift the gear
and reverse the loader down the ramps until it
leaves the ramps completely.

4.7.2.4 1-26 1-26 1- 26

02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d
1.
_d _d
do do do
gui 4.7.2.5 Lifting the machine gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Lifting instructions

The lifting procedure applies to machines of standard specifications. For details on weight of ma-
chine see the Specifications section in this manual.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26
- - -
023 023 023
Wire ropes
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_ suitable wire ropes according to theidweight
Use o_ of loader. See the table below. ido_
gu gu gu

- 4-73
 Operation

1- 26 -26 1-26
3-0 -01 ungalvanized)
Wire Ropes (Z or S laid wire able,
3 3-0
02 02 02
d 2 Diameter d2 Allowable Load
_d
2
d o_ d o_kN do
gui mm
gui t
gui
10 8.8 0.9
12 12.7 1.3
14 17.3 1.7
16 22.6 2.3
18 28.6 2.9
20 35.3 3.6
25 55.3 5.6
30 79.6 8.1
6 6 26
0 1-2 1-2 1-
-40 3-0 3-0
141.6 14.4
02 3 2 02
d2 50 20
221.6 22.6 2
o_ _d _d
d do318.3 32.4uido
gui gui
60
g
Allowable load is 1/6 or 1/7 of the breaking strength of the wire rope.

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

4-74 -
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Maintenance
2 6 2 6 2 6
01- 01- 01-
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
- - -
2 023
5.1 Maintenance 023 023
Information ....................................................................................................5-5
2 2
d d d
i d o_ Oil, fuel and coolant ..............................................................................................................5-7
5.2
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
5.2.1 Oil ..................................................................................................................................5-7
5.2.2 Fuel ...............................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.3 Coolant ........................................................................................................................5-9
5.2.4 Grease ....................................................................................................................... 5-10
5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage.................................................................................................. 5-10
5.2.6 Filter element ............................................................................................................ 5-10
5.3 Electrical system .................................................................................................................5-11
5.4 Wear Parts ...........................................................................................................................5-11
5.5 Recommended Fuel, Coolant and Lubricant ................................................................ 5-12
5.6 Tightening0 1 -26Torque Table....................................................................................................
0 1 -26 0
5-151 -26
- - -
2 023 Critical Parts ...........................................................................................................
5.7 Safety 2 023 2 023 5-18
d d d
i d o_ Maintenance schedule list ................................................................................................
5.8 i d o_ i d o_ 5-19
gu 5.9 Maintenance Procedures..................................................................................................
gu gu 5-20
5.9.1 Every 10 service hours or daily .............................................................................. 5-20
5.9.1.1 Battery - check .................................................................................................. 5-20
5.9.1.2 Engine oil level - check .................................................................................... 5-21
5.9.1.3 Engine coolant level - check............................................................................ 5-21
5.9.1.4 Hydraulic oil level - check ................................................................................ 5-21
5.9.1.5 Fuel level - check, water and sediment in primary fuel filter -
Drain ........................................................................................................... 5-21

1 - 26
5.9.1.6 Hydraulic
1 - 26
system leaks - inspect .................................................................... 5-22 6
1-2
- 0
5.9.1.7 Work lights, control lamps and -
warning0 beacon - inspect........................... - 0
5-22
2 23
05.9.1.8 2 023 2 023 5-22
d Tire inflation - inspect .......................................................................................
d d
i d o_ 5.9.1.9 Drive shaft, hinge and implement i d o_ - lubricate i d o_
................................................ 5-24
gu gu gu
5.9.2 Every 50 service hours............................................................................................ 5-24
5.9.2.1 Every 50 service hours..................................................................................... 5-24

- 5-1
 Maintenance

6 6 6
0
5.9.2.2 Drive
- 1-2 shaft bolts - tighten .................................................................................
- 0 1-2 5-2401-2
-
2 023 Battery terminals - clean / coat .......................................................................
5.9.2.3 2 023 2 023
5-24
d d d
i d o_5.9.2.4 Engine oil and filter - replace...........................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 5-25
gu 5.9.2.5 Clearance between parking gu brake disc and friction plate - inspect gu ........... 5-25
5.9.3 Every 100 service hours.......................................................................................... 5-25
5.9.3.1 Every 100 service hours .................................................................................. 5-25
5.9.3.2 Engine cylinder head - clean........................................................................... 5-25
5.9.3.3 Transmission oil - change, transmission oil filter - replace ......................... 5-25
5.9.3.4 Rear drive axle oil - replace............................................................................. 5-26
5.9.4 Every 250 service hours.......................................................................................... 5-26
5.9.4.1 Every 250 service hours .................................................................................. 5-26
5.9.4.2 Wheel rim joint bolt, transmission box and engine mounting bolt-
1 - 26 1 - 26 1 -26
- 0 inspect - 0
........................................................................................................ 5-26 - 0
2 023 Implement and front/rear frame welds
5.9.4.3 2 023 and fixing bolts - inspect ...............25-26 023
d _d ............................................................. d
i d o_5.9.4.4 Front and rear axle oil levelid- oinspect i d o_ 5-27
gu 5.9.4.5 Service brake - inspect.....................................................................................
gu gu 5-27
5.9.4.6 Service brake disc - inspect ............................................................................ 5-28
5.9.4.7 Parking brake - inspect .................................................................................... 5-29
5.9.4.8 Parking brake disc wear - inspect................................................................... 5-29
5.9.4.9 Air filter element - inspect / clean.................................................................... 5-30
5.9.4.10 Engine oil and filter element - change / replace ......................................... 5-31
5.9.4.11 Fan belt tension - inspect/adjust ................................................................... 5-32
5.9.4.12 Pipe clamps of hydraulic system - check .................................................... 5-33

-26 -26
5.9.5 Every 500 service hours.......................................................................................... 5-33 26
5.9.5.13 - 0 1
3 - 0 1
Every 500 service hours .................................................................................. 3
5-33 - 01-
d 202 Primary fuel filter element - replace
5.9.5.2 d 202...............................................................
d
02
25-33
_ _ _
u i do 5.9.5.3 Secondary fuel filter element u i do- replace ..........................................................
u i do 5-35
g g g
5.9.5.4 Radiator and oil cooler fins - inspect/clean ................................................... 5-38
5.9.5.5 Transmission oil level - inspect ....................................................................... 5-39
5.9.5.6 Breather valve - service ................................................................................... 5-40
5.9.6 Every 1000 service hours ....................................................................................... 5-41
5.9.6.1 Every 1000 service hours ................................................................................ 5-41
5.9.6.2 Air filter element - inspect / clean / replace ................................................... 5-41
5.9.6.3 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check ............................................................. 5-45
5.9.6.4 Oil in axles - change ......................................................................................... 5-45
5.9.6.5 Gearbox
0 1 -26 filter -replace......................................................................................
0 1 -26 5-46 -26
01
3 - 3 - 3 -
202 Oil suction/return filter element d- replace.......................................................
202 02
5.9.6.6 Changing gearbox oil and cleaning filter screen .......................................... 5-46
d d 25-47
_5.9.6.7 _ _
u i do 5.9.6.8 Pilot filter and brake filter -uireplace.................................................................
do u i do 5-48
g g g
5.9.6.9 Nitrogen pressure in accumulator - check..................................................... 5-49
5.9.7 Every 2000 service hours ....................................................................................... 5-50
5-2 -
 Maintenance

6 6 6
0
5.9.7.1
- 1-2Every 2000 service hours ...............................................................................
- 0 1-2 - 0
5-501-2
2 23
05.9.7.2 Changing engine coolant and2cleaning 023 interior of cooling system ............ 2 023 5-50
d d d
i d o_ 5.9.7.3 Alternator - check..............................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 5-52
gu g u g u
5.9.7.4 Engine valve clearance - check/adjust .......................................................... 5-52
5.9.8 Every 4000 service hours ....................................................................................... 5-52
5.9.8.1 Every 4000 service hours ................................................................................ 5-52
5.9.8.2 Oil in hydraulic tank - change.......................................................................... 5-52
5.9.8.3 Water pump - inspect ....................................................................................... 5-53
5.9.8.4 Start motor - check ........................................................................................... 5-53
5.9.8.5 Accumulator - replace ...................................................................................... 5-54
5.9.8.6 High-pressure tube clamps and rubber - check ........................................... 5-54
5.9.8.7 Compressor working condition - inspect6....................................................... 5-54 6
1 - 26 1-2 1-2
0
5.9.9 -Every - 0
8000 service hours ....................................................................................... - 0
5-55
2 23
05.9.9.1 2 023 2 023 5-55
Every 8000 service hours ................................................................................
d d d
i d o_ 5.9.9.2 High-pressure tube clamps i d o_ - replace.............................................................
i d o_ 5-55
gu g u g u
5.9.10 Every 10000 service hours ................................................................................... 5-55

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-3
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
this could result -in26death or serious injury. -26 26
1 1 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-4 -
 Maintenance

-2 6 26 26
-01
5.Maintenance 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 02 3-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ Maintenance Information ido
5.1
d do
gui u g gui
Never conduct any inspection and maintenance work other than the scope specified in this
manual.

Service hour meter reading

Check the service hour meter reading on a daily basis and determine whether the machine re-
quires the specified maintenance.

Genuine Sany parts

1- 26
Always use0genuine
26
1- Parts Manual.
Sany replacement parts listed in0the 1- 26
02 3- 02 3- 02 3-0
d2 d2 _d
2
o_
Genuine
d Sany lubricants
d o_ do
gui gui gui
Always use genuine Sany oil and grease. Select oil and grease of suitable viscosity according to
ambient temperature.

Window washer fluid

Use automotive windshield washer fluids only. Make sure it is not contaminated by foreign
substances.

Using clean lubricant

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 0 1 -26

23- 23- 2 -
Always use clean oil and grease and keep the container clean. Keep oil and grease free 3 of any
2 0 2 0 2 0
d
impurities. d d
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
gu Checking the drained oil and used gfilter u
elements gu

After oil change and filter element replacement, check the used oil and filter element for signs of
metal particles and foreign material. If large amount of metal particles and/or impurities are ob-
served in the used oil and filter element, take immediate action or inform your boss in time.

Fuel strainer

If a fuel strainer is equipped in the fuel tank filler opening, do not remove it when filling the tank.

6 26 26
1-2
Warning plate 1- 1-
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
_ d 2 maintaining this machine, attach a _"DO
Before d 2 NOT OPERATE" plate or similar warning
_ d 2 sign to
do do ido this machine
gui machine starting switch or direction control
gui device in order to warn other people
guthat
is under maintenance. Additional warning plates can be attached around the machine when
necessary.

- 5-5
 Maintenance

26 26 26
01-
Welding instruction
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2
• Disconnect
_ d 2 minute after turning off the start switch.
the negative (-) post of the battery_one(1) _ d2
ido
g•uConnect grounding cable in a place where
do
gui is more than 1 meter from the welding ido
gulocation. The
meters and gauges will fail if the grounding cable is connected to the instrument, connectors or
other attachments. If any sealing part or bearing is present between the welding location and the
grounding point, change the grounding point to avoid such parts.
• Never use a grounding point in the vicinity of the work equipment pin or hydraulic cylinder
• Never apply more than 200 V continuously.

Preventing things from falling into machine

• When opening the6 access window or tank filler for inspection,

6 make sure that the nuts, bolts or
0 1 -2 0 1 -2 0 1 -26
23- 2 - 23-
tools are not left inside the machine. Failure to do so3may result in unexpected failure or damage
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d
machine, or accidents. In case that dany materials fall into the machine, remove
_d
to the it
o o _ o
d d d
gui gui gui
immediately.
• Do not carry unnecessary items in your pockets except those necessary for inspection.

Dusty work site

Observe the following items before working in a dusty place.

• When inspecting the machine or changing the oil, park the machine in a dust-free place in order
to prevent dust from getting into the oil.
• Clean the air filter cartridge immediately if the filter's alarm indicates clogging.
•
1 26other heat exchanger parts frequently to26avoid them being clogged.
Clean the fins and
- 1 - 1 -26
• - 0
Clean and 3replace - 0 - 0
023 023
the fuel filter frequently.
2 02 2 2
• Clean
o _d the electrical components, especiallyo_the d start motor and the alternator, to prevent
o _d dust
id building up on them.
gufrom gui
d
gui
d

Avoid using different lubricants together

Never mix lubricants of different brands and/or grades together. If you need to use the lubricant of
another brand or grade, drain the old lubricant completely and replace with the new brand.

Securing access cover

When servicing the machine with the access covers open, use a locking lever to secure the cover
6
to certain position. Otherwise,
2 6 wind and cause bodily injury.
the cover can be swung close by
2 26
1- 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202from hydraulic system
Purging air 2 02 2 02
o _d _d _d
do
uid any hydraulic units have been repaired
o
uid been re-
gWhen gui or replaced or any hydraulic linesghave
moved or installed, always bleed the air from the system.

5-6 -
 Maintenance

- 26 1-26 1- 26
01hydraulic
Connecting
3-
hoses
3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2
•o_In removal of parts with O-rings or gaskets,
_
2
d clean _ d 2with new
the installation surfaces and replace
d oid o d
gui gu or gaskets.
parts. Remember to install the O-rings gui
• Do not twist or bend the hydraulic hoses when assembling. Failure to do so could cause damage
to the hoses and considerably reduce their service life.

After inspection and maintenance

If no checks have been made after inspection and maintenance, unexpected failure may occur,
causing severe injury or damage. The following items must be observed:

• Checks when machine is running

-26 -26 1- 26
-01 information, see "Maintenance with engine
– For more
3 -01 running" on page 2-73.
3 3-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_– Whether the checked or maintained o _ work normally.
parts
d do
gui gui gui
– Whether oil leakage occurs when the engine speed increases and the oil is under pressure.

• Checks after the operation (when the engine has been shut down)

– Whether you have missed the items to be checked or maintained.

– Whether all the checks and maintenance have been performed correctly.

– Whether any tools and parts are left in the machine. It is very dangerous to have a foreign ob-
ject blocked in the linkage.
2 6 2 6 26
01- leakage of water or oil occurs; whether01all- the bolts have been screwed tightly.
– Whether
3- 3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_
Closing engine hood properly
d o_ do
gui gui gui
When the engine hood is closed after inspection and maintenance, hold the lever and lift the en-
gine hood slightly in order to check whether the lock is securely engaged. An unlocked hood may
be opened and cause accidents.

5.2 Oil, fuel and coolant

5.2.1 Oil

• The oils in engine and hydraulic units keep deteriorating when operating the machine under ex-
26 26 26
01-
treme conditions,
3- 01-
such as high pressure and high temperature.
3- 3-0
1-
• 202 use recommended type of oil which20shall
Always
d
2 also be applicable under extreme20ambient
2
o_temperatures. _d _d
i d do do
gu • gui gui
Within the specified oil change interval, the oil must be changed even if it is not dirty.

- 5-7
 Maintenance

- 26 1- 26 26
• -01be handled carefully in order to prevent-0impurities
Lubricant shall such as water, metal particles-01-
3 3 3
202
and dust.
d d2
02
d2
02
_ _ _
g ido troubles of the machine are causeduby
•uMost idoimpurities. Pay special attention to theuprevention
g ido g
of
any impurities when storing or filling the oil.
• Fill the amount of oil as specified. Failure to do so could result in abnormality.
• Do not mix oils of different grades or brands together.
• Contact your Sany dealer when the oil in your work equipment has been contaminated by water
or air.
• To know the condition of the machine, regular oil quality analysis is recommended. Contact your
Sany dealer if you need such service.
• Related filter elements must be replaced when changing the oil. In replacement of machine oil
6
filter element, acceptable
-2
clean oil shall be filled into the new6 filter element prior to installation.
-2 -26
0 1 0 1 0 1
2 - 23- 23-
• Please use3the oils approved by Sany.
• Do not 2 0 2 0 2 0
_d _d d
use the hydraulic oil that has not been approved by Sany, which can block filter cartridge.
id o
•guRemove i d o i d o_
gu gu
the remaining oil as much as possible from the lines and cylinders when changing the
hydraulic oil. A small amount of different residual is acceptable.

5.2.2 Fuel

• To prevent the moisture in air from condensing in the fuel tank, the tank must be fully refueled
after each workday.
• The fuel injection pump is a precise component, which may not work normally if the fuel contains
water or other foreign substances.
• The sediment and6 water in the fuel tank must be drained before
6 26
starting the engine or after 10
-2 1-2 1-
-01injection of oil.
minutes since
3 3-0 3-0
202fuel tank and the fuel system in case dof2any
• Flushdthe 02 impurities found in the fuel tank. 202
d
_ o_ that the engine runs out of fuel or the o_filter car-
g ido air in fuel path must be eliminated in
•uThe u i d
case
g u i d
g
tridge has been replaced.
• Always use the type of fuel specified in the "Maintenance" section.
• The fuel can freeze below the specified temperature (especially lower than -15° C (5° F)).
• When the fuel is used above the specified temperature, its viscosity and output power will de-
crease .
• Pay special attention to prevention of impurities when storing or refilling the fuel.

1-26 1-26 1-26

023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-8 -
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
NOTE：
• Always
d 202use diesel oil as the fuel. d 202 d 202
_ ensure favorable consumption and exhaust
• idoTo _ _
gu ido u i o the machine
of the fuel, the engine installeddto
u
uses high-pressure oil injection unitg with mechanical control. The unit contains
g high-precision
components that require high-quality lubrication. Therefore, the use of low-viscosity fuel with low
lubricating capability will considerably reduce the service life of the unit.
• When the sulfur content of fuel is less than 0.5%, change the fuel according to the required main-
tenance interval given in this manual. If the sulfur content is more than 0.5%, change the fuel ac-
cording to the following table:
Table 5–1

Sulfur Content in Fuel Oil-Change Interval - Engine Oil Pan

1 -26 0.5~1.0% 1- 26 1/2 of standard interval 1- 26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 More than 1.0% 2 1/4 of standard interval 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
5.2.3 Coolant

• The coolant is an important fluid against corrosion and freezing.

Anti-freezing coolant is also necessary in regions where freezing prevention is unnecessary.
• Sany recommends TEEC-L35 antifreeze. This antifreeze has a concentration of 50% and needs
no dilution. TEEC-L35 antifreeze has excellent performance in anticorrosion, anti-freezing and
cooling, and can last for one year or 2000 hours.
Sany does not recommend you using coolants other than TEEC-L35 antifreeze. The use of oth-
er coolants is possible to cause serious problems, such as corrosion of the light metal parts of
-26 cooling system.
the engine1and 1-2
6
1-2
6
-0 -0 -0
• 023buy antifreeze from the market, make sure
If you 023 that the antifreeze's concentration is within
023 the
_ d 2 30-68% in order to ensure its performance
_ d 2 against corrosion. _ d2
do range
do do
gui • If you buy antifreeze from the market,
guimake sure that the antifreeze's concentration
gui is within the
range 30-68% in order to ensure its performance against corrosion.
• The ratio of mixing antifreeze with water is determined by the minimum ambient temperature, as
shown in the following table.
Table 5–2 Water-antifreeze mixing ratio

Min. °C –10 -15 -20 –25 –30 -35 –40

temperature °F 14 5 –4 –13 –22 –31 –40
Mixing ratio (%) 30 36 41 46 50 54 58
6 6 26
1-2 1-2 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-9
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
NOTE：
• 202 water or tap water (softened water) to2dilute
Use distilled 02 anti-freezing coolant. 2 02
_d _d _d
• ido water, such as river water and well
Natural
gu(calcium, g u do (hard water), contains large amount
iwater g u idofo minerals
magnesium, etc.), which can easily scale in the engine and radiator. The scale is hardly
removed once formed in the engine and radiator. Overheat can occur due to unfavorable heat
exchange.

5.2.4 Grease

• Grease is used to prevent distortion and noise of joints

• It is necessary to add grease to any component that appears inflexible or noisy after operation
for a long period.
2 6 6 26
• Always use the1-recommended 1-2according to change interval and am-
greases. Select the grease 1-
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
bient temperature
d 2 recommended in this manual.
d 202 d 202
• Wipe _ _ out when greasing. Make sure to wipe _
u i do off the used grease that has been usqueezed
i do u i do off the
g used grease that has been contaminated g by sand or debris, which can otherwiseglead to wear of
rotating components.

5.2.5 Oil and fuel storage

• Store the oils and fuel indoors in order to keep them free from water, dust and other foreign
substances.
• To store the barrel of oil or fuel for a long period, it is necessary to place the barrel with its open-
ing facing the side in order to prevent intake of moisture. If you have to place the barrels out-
-26properly with waterproof canvas or take-2other
doors, cover them
1
6 protective measures.
1 1-26
• 3-0
2 deterioration of oil or fuel during long-term
To prevent 3-0
2 storage, use the oil or fuel that has been
2 3-0
d 20 d 20 d 20
o_ earlier than others.
stored
d d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
5.2.6 Filter element

• Filter element is extremely important for safety. It can prevent failures by keeping important devi-
ces free from impurities coming from oil path or air path. All filter elements must be replaced reg-
ularly. For more information see related sections in this manual.
• When operating in severe conditions, the filter elements shall be replaced more frequently ac-
cording to the sulfur content in lubricant and fuel.
• Do not use an element that has been cleaned. Replace it with a new one.
• 26filter element, check the element for attached
In replacement -of -26 metal particles. Contact your
1-26
3 - 01metal particles are found. 3 - 01 3-0
02 202it is in storage. 02
Sany dealer if
d 2open d 2
• Do not
_ the package of a spare element _
when _d
ido genuine Sany elements.
•guUse g u i do
gui
do

5-10 -
 Maintenance

6
-2 system 26 26
-01
5.3 Electrical 1- 1-
02 3 02 3-0 02 3-0
d2
•o_Humid electrical devices or damaged wire
_
2
dcan _ d 2 Do not
cause short circuit and machine failure.
d o id o id
gui gu When flushing the machine, be careful
flush the interior of your cab with water. guwith water, which
shall not penetrate into the electrical components.
• Electrical system maintenance correlates to checking the tension, damage or wear of fan belt.
• Do not install any other electrical components except those specified by Sany.
• External electromagnetic interference can cause failure of system controller. Contact your Sany
dealer before installing radio receiver or other wireless devices.
• Operating on beach requires cleaning the electrical system thoroughly in order to prevent
corrosion.
• When installing an electrical device, connect it to dedicated power source. Do not connect other
6 6 26
1-2 to the fuse, start switch or battery relay.
power sources 1-2 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d Wear Parts
5.4 _d _d
do ido uid
o
gui • Wear parts, such as filter element,gubucket g
tips, etc. are to be replaced at the time of periodic
maintenance or before their abrasion limits.
• The wear parts shall be changed correctly in order to use the machine economically.
• For part change, Sany genuine parts of excellent quality shall be used.
• When ordering parts, please check the part number in the parts book.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-11
 Maintenance

1- 26 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
Table 5–3

202 202 202

_d
Component Part Number d
_Part Qty Interval_d
do do do
gui Oil filter 60034226 guiFilter element 1 gui
Oil-Water separator
Oil-Water filter core
60242352 1
separator filter C5290009（F
S36230） Every 500 Hrs(first
maintenance:100 Hrs)
Fuel Filter C5301448
60208878 1
5μ
fuel filter
Fuel Filter C5301449
60208879 1
10μ

1- 26 -2
Main cartridge of 1air
6 clean up 6 times or very 1-2
6
3-0 60310784
23 - 0 1
23-
0
202
cleaner R004212 1000 Hrs
d d 20 d 20
_
Airo(safety / main) o_ Main cartridge o_of air
u i d cleaner uid i d
g 60310783
g filter R004213
safety 1
gu
cleaner replace three
times, safety filter
replace once
A22210000011 Pilot Filter Element
Filter Element 1 Every 500 Hrs
9 JFX-20×10H
Pressure oil filter
Pressure oil filter 60247816 1 Every 500 Hrs
Core FB60BX
Oil suction filter PO-
Suction oil filter 60200363 1 Every 1000 Hrs
CO-01-01470
26 -26 26
01- 1-
Oil Return Filter PO-
0 1
3-0
Return oil filter 60200365 1 Every 1000 Hrs
- 3-
023
CO-01-01430
d 2 202 2 02
o_ Breather
Air 60186788 _d P040089
Filter core 1 _d
Every 500 Hrs
i d do ido
gu
Oil filter 60077980
guiOil filter core 1
gu Hrs (first-
Every 1000
4209440 TE maintenance:100 Hrs)
60246757 Bucket tooth 1U3302 8
Bucket 60246760 Pin 9J2308 8 —
60246759 Snap spring 8

5.5 Recommended Fuel, Coolant and Lubricant

• Unless specified otherwise, the machine contains the following oils and coolants when delivered
6 26 26
1-2
from the factory. 1- 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-12 -
 Maintenance

1-26 26 26
3-0 01-
Table 5–4
3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_
Item Type
gui
d
Engine oil pan gui
d
gu ido
Caltex CH-4 15W-40
Torque converter, Transmission box Automatic transmission box oil 1888
Drive axle Hypoid gear oil GL-5 80W/90
Hydraulic system Caltex HDZ46
Radiator TEEC-L35 antifreeze

• To keep the machine at the maximum state for a long period of time, it is necessary follow the oil
instructions described in this manual. Failure to do so can cause overwear and service life re-
duction of the engine, power train, cooling system and other components.
2 6 -2 6 2 6
• 01- available in market could benefi t the01machine,
The additives
3- 3- 01-
but they could impair the machine
3-
02 We do not recommend any lubricant2additives.
as 2well. 02 02
d specifi c capacity refers to the overall_doil volume in tanks and lines. Supplementary
•o_The _ d2
u i d u i do u i do volume
g g g
refers to the amount of oil used to make up the system in inspection and maintenance.
• The use of multigrade oils is strongly recommended when starting the engine at temperatures
below 0° C (32° F), even if the daytime temperatures rises above 0° C (32° F).
• Use the recommended oils according the ambient temperatures given in the following table.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 023-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-13
 Maintenance

1-26 26 26
3-0 01- oil and coolant
Table 5–5 Table of recommended fuel,
- 3-0
1-
02 023 02
d2 d 2
_d
2
i d o_ Ambient _Temperature
i d o o
dRecom-
u
g Sys- Liq- — gu guimended
—4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122° F
tem uids 22
liquids
–30 –20 —10 0 10 20 30 40 50° C

5W-30

5W-40
En
En
gine 10W-30
gine
oil
pan
oil
1-26 1-26 15W-40 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _ d
do do uid
o
40
gui gui g
Hy HDZ32 (ISO
draul Hy VG32)
ic draul
sys ic oil HDZ46 (ISO
tem VG46)

-30# diesel fuel

Fuel Diesel 1-26 1-26 1-26

0 3-0 3-0
23-
-10# light diesel
tank
2
fuel
0 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do ido diesel
gui gui
0# light
gu
Radi Cool TEEC-L35
ator ant Antifreeze

NOTE：
The HTHS (high-temperature high-shear viscosity at 150° C) required by ASTM D4741 must be
equal to or more than 3.5 mPa-S. Sany recommends use of Caltex15W-40 engine oil.

Recommended oils:
6
1-2 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
1. Engine2oil
d d 202 d 202
_ _ o_ change
u do the oil of proper viscosity according
Select
i u i doto the temperature range given in the
u i doil
gschedule. g g
Machine oil grade: Above API CF-4

5-14 -
 Maintenance

26 26 26
01- engine oil brand and type: Caltex CH-4
Recommended
- 01-15W-40
3- 3-0
1-
2 023 02 02
d
2._Engine d2 _d
2
i d o fuel
do_ do
gu Light diesel oil (GB252.81) gui gui
• Use low sulfur content fuel, whose cloud point is at least 10 ºC lower than minimum expected fuel
temperature. Cloud point is a temperature at which the wax crystals in diesel fuel begin to take
shape.
• Use universal diesel fuel of commercial brands whose sulfur content should be lower than 0.5
percent.
• The fuel shall be clean and free from moisture or impurities during refueling.

3. Hydraulic oil
26 -26 B420106000036). 26
01-system uses Caltex HDZ46 hydraulic oil01(code
The hydraulic
3- 3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
i do i doCAUTION do
u u gui as the following
g When ambient temperature is belowgzero, heating operation must be performed
in order to ensure safety of hydraulic system.
• Start the engine and run it at idle for 7-10 minutes and then increase engine speed bo 1000-
1200 rpm. Do not operate the loader. Run the loader for 30-40 minutes or longer to increase
the temperature of hydraulic oil which should be over 20ºC.
• Normal construction can be performed after the a.m. heating operation. The heating time can
also be modified according to ambient temperature. In construction work, slowly maneuver the
joysticks and pedals and pay a close attention to system operating status. Hydraulic compo-
nents could be damaged when they are operated with temperature of hydraulic oil under 20ºC.
6 6 6
• 1-2 hydraulic oil according to where this
Choose 0suitable
-
2
- 1-2
01- machine is applied. Before delivery of0the -
3 3 3
d 202machine, we are responsible to fill in hydraulic
base 202 202 is re-
oil of suitable brand and type. User
d of the base machine. You may consult d
_sponsible o_ o_ our after-
do to change hydraulic oil afterddelivery d
gui i i
gu specifications, brand and type of hydraulic
sale service personnel to obtain correct gu oil.
Table 5–6 Table of capacities

Trans- Hydraul-
Specified Engine Front Cooling
mission Rear axle ic Fuel tank
capacity oil pan axle system
box system
L 24 65 26.2 26.2 220 45 300
US gal 6.34 17.2 6.9 6.9 58.1 11.9 81.9

1 -26 1 -26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
5.6 Tightening Torque Table 202 202
_d _d _d
doNuts, bolts or other parts not tighteneddo o
uid or damaged
g•ui gui to specific torque values may lead togloose
parts, resulting in machine failure and operating troubles.
• Special attention shall be paid when tightening parts.
- 5-15
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
23- otherwise, the metric nuts 2023-
Unless specified
0 02 3-0
2 2
_d shall be tightened to the values giv-o_d
and bolts
o _d
d d do
genuiin the following table. gui gui
The tightening of torque is determined by the
width of screw cap or nut.

In replacement of the bolts or nuts, use Sany

genuine parts of equivalent size.

Fig.5-1

1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 3-0 3-0
2 202
Table 5–7 2 02
_d _d _d
ido
guThre- gui
do Tightening Torques
gui
do
ad Di- Square Target Values Torque Limits
ame- Size b
ter a (mm) N·m kgf·m lbft N·m kgf·m lbft
(mm)
6 10 13.2 1.35 9.8 11.8~14.7 1.2~1.5 8.7~10.8
8 13 31 3.2 23.1 27~34 2.8~3.5 20.3~25.3
10 17 66 6.7 48.5 59~74 6.0~7.5 43.4~54.2
12 19 26 113 11.5 83.2 98~123 26 10.0~12.5 72.3~90.4 26
3 - 01- 3 - 01- 115.7~144.723-0
1-
202 202
14 22 177 18 130.2 157~196 16.0~20.0
0
16 _ d 24 279 28.5 206.1 _ d 245~309 25.0~31.5 _ d2
180.8~227.8
i do i do uid
o
gu 18 27 382 39 g u
282.1 343~425 35.0~43.5 g253.2~314.6
20 30 549 56 405 490~608 50.0~62.0 361.7~448.4
22 32 745 76 549.7 662~829 67.5~84.5 488.2~611.2
24 36 929 94.5 683.5 824~1030 84.0~105.0 607.6~759.5
27 41 1320 135 976.5 1180~1470 120.0~150.0 868.0~1085.0
1265.
30 46 1720 175 1520~1910 155.0~195.0 1121.1~1410.4
8
1627.
33 50 2210 225 1960~2450 200.0~250.0 1446.6~1808.3
4
26 -26 26
3 - 01- 2025.
- 0 1 - 01-
023 3
36 55 2750 280 2450~3040 250.0~310.0 1808.3~2242.2
d 202 2
2 202
_ _d _ d
i do 2423. do 2890~3630 do
g u 39 60 3280 335
gu3 i 295.0~370.0 u i
2133.7~2676.2
g

5-16 -
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
NOTE：
• 2 connector of hydraulic hoses are tightened
Nuts20and 202 according to the torques given in the
202follow-
_d table.
oing _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
Table 5–8

Pipe Outer Diameter Tightening Torque

Metric Thread
mm N·m Min-max
M12×1.5 6 20±5 15-25
M14×1.5 8 24.5±7
30-45
8
M16×1.5 45±7
10
0 1 -26 1- 26 38-52
1- 26
3-0 3-0
10
3-
202 02 43-59202
M18×1.5 51±8
_d
12
_d2 d
do do d o_
gui gui i
M20×1.5 12 58±8
gu 50-65
14
M22×1.5 74±14
15 60-88
M24×1.5 16 74±14 60-88
M26×1.5 18 105±20
85-125
20
M30×2 135±20
22
115-155
25
M36×2 166±26
28 140-192
M42×2
0 1 -26 30 1 -26240±30 210-270 1- 26
3-
02M45×2 023-0 3-0
2 35 2 290±35 202
255-325
_d _d o_
d
do 38 do d
gui M52×2 gui
42
330±50 i
gu 280-380

NOTE：
• Figures listed in the table above is based on connector made of galvanized carbon steel and they
are not applicable to connectors made of other materials
• Pre-tightening torque of metric connectors and inch pipe connectors
.

Table 5–9

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
3-0 Pipe Outer 3-0 3-0
d 202 Thread 2 02Tightening Torque
d2
02
Metric
o_
Diameter
o _d o_
Remarks
d d d
gui mm
gui N·m Min-max gui
Varies as type of
M14 34.3±5 3.5±0.5
pipe connectors

- 5-17
 Maintenance

1- 26 26 26
3-0
Table 5–9 01-
(continue)
3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
_ d2 Pipe Outer d2 _d
2
do Thread d o_ Tightening Torque o
g u i
Metric Diameter
gui uid
gRemarks
mm N·m Min-max
M16 54±5 5.5±0.5
M18 70±10 7.1±1
M20 93±10 9.5±1
M22 125±10 12.8±1
M24 142±20 14.5±2
M26 180±20 18.4±2
G1/8″ 16.7±2 1.7±2
6 6 26
1-2 1-2 1-
G1/4″
0 23-0 36.7±2.5
0 23-0 3.7±0.2
02 3-0
d2
G3/8″ d2
73.5±5 7.5±0.5
_d
2
d o_G1/2″ do
_
do
gui u i gui
107.8±7.8 11±0.8
g
G3/4″ 161.7±14.7 16.8±1.5
G1″ 220±25 23±2.5
Plug M20 49±5 5±0.5
Plug M24 68.6±10 7±1
Plug G3/8 68.6±20 7±2.5 Steel
Nozzle G3/4 161.7±14.7 16.5±1.5

5.7 Safety Critical

6 Parts
1- 2 1- 26 1-26
• To ensure 3-0
02safety when operating or driving the machine,
02 3-0
the user of the machine shall carry02out 3-0
d 2 d 2 d 2
id o_ maintenance. In addition, the user shall
regular o_ also replace the parts listed in the table
d o_ in order
d
guto guiparts are closely related to safety and fire
further improve safety condition. These guiprevention.
• Safety critical parts may easily wear or deteriorate due to material change as time passes and it
is hard to judge their conditions through regular maintenance. These parts shall be replaced as
scheduled regardless of their conditions, which can effectively guarantee the functions of these
parts.
• If these parts show signs of abnormality before its scheduled replacement, they must be re-
paired or replaced immediately.
• If the hose clamps show any deterioration, such as deforming or cracking, replace the clamps at
the same time as the hoses.
26 26 26
• 01- and other such parts shall also be replaced
O-rings, gaskets
3- 01- when replacing hoses.
3- 3-0
1-
• 2 Sany dealer to replace the safety critical
Consult20your 202 parts. 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-18 -
 Maintenance

1- 26 26 26
3-0 01-
Table 5–10
3- 3-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ No.
Safety critical parts for peri- _
d do do
gui odic replacement gui gui
Quantity Frequency

Fuel hose (fuel tank - water

1 1
separator)
Fuel hose (water separator -
2 1
primary filter)
Fuel return hose (engine - fuel
3 1
tank)
Fuel hose (primary filter -
4 1
engine)
1 -26 1 -26 1- 26
5 02 3-0 Work equipment hose (boom 02 3-0 4 02 3-0
2 cylinder oil inlet / outlet) 2 d 2or 4000
_d _d Every 2 years
_
do d o o
uid whichever
gui gui
Work equipment hose (bucket hours,
6 2 goccurs first.
cylinder oil inlet / outlet)
Steering hose (Steering cylinder
7 4
oil inlet / outlet)
Main valve hose (oil inlet /
8 2
outlet)
9 Pilot circuit hose 4
10 Brake valve oil inlet hose 2
Brake valve front and rear axle
11 6 63 26
1-2 hose
-01
-2 1-
1202 3-0 Accumulator 02 3 5 02 3-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ 13 High-pressure tube clamps o_
d 2 d o
gui 14
gui
Cover - fuel squirt prevention 1
gui 8000 hours
Every

15 Seat belt 1 Every 3 years

5.8 Maintenance schedule list

The time for inspection and maintenance shall be subject to the standard calendar time, whichever
comes first

1- 26 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-19
 Maintenance

6
-2 Procedures 26 26
-01
5.9 Maintenance 1- 1-
023 3-0 3-0
d 2 d 202 202
5.9.1 _Every 10 service hours or daily _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
5.9.1.1 Battery - check

The battery group consists of two 12V bat-

teries in series connection. It provides 24V
power to the electrical system.

The batteries of the machine a re enclosed

maintenance-free batteries . They shall be
checked every 10 service hours or on daily

1 - 26 hole on the top and

basis through the check
1- 26 1-26
-0 if necessary.
take proper steps
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Table 5–11
do do
gui Charge
gui Fig.5-2 gui
Color Measures
condition
Electric quantity is
sufficient. The
Green > 65%
battery can start
the machine.
The battery may
not start the
Black < 65% engine. Low
1-26 electric quantity. 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 Need charging.
023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido ido do
Low
guBright electrolyte gu
Replace battery gui
level

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-20 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
5.9.1.22Engine oil level - check
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ engine oil level every 10 serviceidhours
o_ _d
i d do
gui
Check
gu or on daily basis. gu
• Park the loader on hard and level ground.
• Wait for the engine oil to coo l down and
flow to the oil pan before check.
• Engine oil level shall be between the high
and low marks on the dipstick.

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0Fig.5-3 02 3-0
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
i do i do do
u u
g 5.9.1.3 Engine coolant level - check
g gui

Check engine coolant level every 10 service

hours or on daily basis.
• Engine coolant level shall be between the
high and low marks on the side of the re-
serve coolant tank.

5.9.1.4 Hydraulic oil level - check

6 6 26
0 1-2 oil level every 10 service 0 1-2 1-
3-0
Check hydraulic
- -
023on daily basis.
hours2or 202
3
202
o _d _d _d
dNOTE： do do
gui gui gui
• Hydraulic oil level shall be checked with the
lift arm at its lowest position and the bucket
rested horizontally on the ground.
• Hydraulic oil level shall lie between the H
and L marks on the level meter.
• If oil level is too low, add hydraulic oil to the
tank.
Fig.5-4
6 26 26
1-2 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202Fuel level - check, water and sediment
5.9.1.5 202 in primary fuel filter - Drain 202
_d _d _d
do ido ido
gui Check fuel level every 10 service hoursgu or on daily basis, or when low fuel level
gu indicator is dis-
played on the monitor. Refill the tank when fuel level is low.

- 5-21
 Maintenance

26
1- sediment in the water separator every0110
Drain the water0and
26
- service hours or on daily basis. 1-26
023
-
023
- 2 3-0
d 2 d 2 d 20can
o_ o_ o_
The check valve on the top of the filter prevents fuel from flowing back to the tank. Since fuel
u i dflow u i din u i dnew
g
not back, pressure is maintained. g
Water the fuel can not be discharged g
unless fuel is
pumped in.

Put one end of the hose into the container.

Loosen the drain port till fuel flows out of the hose. Pump in fuel till water is discharged. Bubbles in
the water separator can be seen gradually.

Tighten the drain port after water is discharged.

5.9.1.6 Hydraulic system leaks -

6 26 26
inspect 1-2 1- 1-
0 23-0 0 23-0 02 3-0
d 2 hydraulic system for leaks every 10 _d 2
Check the
_ _d
2
o o do
uid hours or on daily basis.
service
g uid g gui
If leaks are detected in the hydraulic system,
stop the machine immediately and find the
cause. Do not restart the machine until the
problem is solved.

5.9.1.7 Work lights, control lamps and

warning beacon - inspect

Check the work lights, control lamps and

-26 10 service hours or on
warning beacon 1every
0 1- 26 1-26
daily basis.023
-
02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid lights are very important for safe opera-
uid do
gui
These
gtion of the machine.
g

5.9.1.8 Tire inflation - inspect

WARNING
• Explosion hazard.
• Inflating the tire may cause the tires to ex-
plode. Tire explosion may cause serious
personal injury.
1-26 1- 26 1-26
3-0
02 pneumatic chuck with long 202
Use a self-lock 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 d 2
hose to
o_ inflate the tires without having to stand o_ _d
i d i d do
ginu front of the wheel. Make sure no person gu is gui
standing closed to or pass the wheels during
inflation operation. Fig.5-5

5-22 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
3- the tires to recommended pres- 023-
Always 2inflate
0 02 3-0
2
d See "Tire size and pressure" in the d2 2
sure.
_ _ _d
do do do
gui Specifications chapter. Special roadguicondi- gui
tions may require adjusting tire pressure. Ob-
serve the instructions of the tire maker and do
not over-inflate the tires.

Tire pressure may have risen before ship-

ment. Therefore, inspect and adjust tire pres-
sure as recommended before first use.

WARNING
• -26
01or welding on wheel rims with in- 3-01-
Explosion hazard. 26 1- 26
• 3 - 3-0
202 tires may cause rim breakup or tired 202 02
Repairing
d 2
_flated
o_ _d
i do explosion. Tire explosion may cause i dseri- do
g u g u gui
ous personal injury.

Only trained service engineers are allowed to

repair the tires or the wheel rims.

The following instructions only apply to pneu-

matic tires that need inflation. If the tire is
completely unfunctional, find a trained service
engineer.
• -26 be cool and the machine
The tires shall
1 1-26 1- 26
3
shall 2be-0unloaded 3-0 3-0
0 when tire pressure is
02 02
_ d 2 inspected.
being _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gui • ui of
Keep the area around the wheel gclear gui
personnel.
• Stand beside the tyre tread. Installation of
tires with split rims may cause explosion
and result in personal injury, or even death.
• Use a piece of air hose with sufficient length
(with self lock chuck) that allows you to
stand far away from the dangerous area.
• The spare tire shall be laid down and prop-
6 26 26
1-2so that the component on the
erly inflated 1- 1-
3-0
02rims is maintained in proper position.
wheel 023-0 02 3-0
2
dthe d2 2
• _ _ _d
do If machine has been working
ido
while tire
do
gui pressure is lower than 80% of thegurecom- gui
mended pressure, or if the evident or

- 5-23
 Maintenance

26 26 26
01-damage or rim damage is
suspected tire
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202not inflate the tires.
found, do 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
uid bolt - Inspect / tighten do do
gWheel gui gui
In case of tire replacement or the wheel has
been removed and installed for other reasons,
check the tightness of the wheel bolts after 8
hours of operation.

Tighten torque: 750±50Nm

5.9.1.9 Drive shaft, hinge and imple-

ment - lubricate
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
Apply grease
023
- the fittings on the drive shaft,
to
023
-
Fig.5-6
02 3-0
2
d the implement according to the Lu- _d 2 2
hinge _and
o _d
i d do do
u
gbrication Chart on the machine every 10 serv-
gui gui
ice hours or on daily basis.

1-26 1-26 1-26

3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 202
5.9.2o_Every 50 service hours _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
5.9.2.1 Every 50 service hours

The 10 hour or daily maintenance shall also

be performed in the meantime.

5.9.2.2 Drive shaft bolts - tighten

Tighten all the joint bolts on the drive shaft

every 50 service hours according to the
6
"Tightening Torque Table".
2 26 26
1- 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 terminals - clean / coat
5.9.2.3 Battery 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
do
uid the cables and terminals of the battery do
gInspect gui gui
every 50 service hours. Keep the cable and
the battery terminal clean. Coat the battery

5-24 -
 Maintenance

26 26 26
01-petroleum jelly (eg. vaseline) to 3-01-
terminals with
3 - 3-0
1-
202corrosion.
prevent 202 202
o _d _d _d
d5.9.2.4 do do
gui gui
Engine oil and filter - replace gui
Change engine oil and replace engine oil filter
after the first 50 service hours.

Contact your Sany dealer before inspecting or

servicing or when you need special tools.

For more detailed information on engine oil

and filter replacement, see "Every 250 Serv-
ice Hours".
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
-
5.9.2.52Clearance between parking
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ disc and friction plate - inspect
brake
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Inspect the clearance between the brake disc
and the friction plate of the parking brake after
the first 50 service hours. After that, check the
clearance every 250 serve hours.

For more detailed information, see "Every 250

Service Hours".

5.9.3 Every 100 service hours

2 6 26 26
01- 100 service hours
5.9.3.1 Every
- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
2 023 202 202
d d _d
o_ _
The 10 hour and 50 hour maintenance shall
i dalso i do do
g u be performed in the meantime. g u gui
5.9.3.2 Engine cylinder head - clean

Clean the cylinder head every 100 service

hours. Dusty working condition shortens
cleaning interval.

5.9.3.3 Transmission oil - change,

transmission oil filter - replace
26 26 26
3 - 01-
Change transmission oil and replace trans-
3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 oil filter after the first 100 serviced 202
mission
d 202
o_ Afterwards, change transmissiono_oil _d
i dhours. d do
u
g and replace transmission oil filter every gui 1000 gui
service hours or every 6 months.

- 5-25
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

Contact your
0
- dealer before inspecting or
23Sany 0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d or when you need special tools.
servicing
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
u more detailed information, see "Every
gFor gu gui
1000 Service Hours".

5.9.3.4 Rear drive axle oil - replace

Change the rear drive axle oil after the first

100 service hours. Afterwards, change rear
drive axle oil every 1000 service hours or
every 6 months.

For more detailed

0 1 -26information, see "Every 1- 26 1-26
-
1000 Service3Hours".
02 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do Every 250 service hours do do
gui gui gui
5.9.4

5.9.4.1 Every 250 service hours

The 10 hour, 50 hour and 100 hour mainte-

nance shall also be performed in the
meantime.

5.9.4.2 Wheel rim joint bolt, transmis-

sion box and engine mounting bolt-
inspect
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
023
-
Check the tightening torque of the wheel rim
023
-
02 3-0
2
d the transmission box mounting _d 2 2
o_
joint bolts,
o _d
i d uid do
u and the engine mounting bolts everyg250
gbolts gui
service hours.

For specified tightening torque, see the "Tight-

ening Torque Table".

5.9.4.3 Implement and front/rear frame

welds and fixing bolts - inspect

Check the welds on the implement and the

front and rear machine 6 frame for cracks every
0 1 - 2
0 1 -26 1-26
3-0
250 service hours.
- If cracks are detected, stop -
2
the machine 023 immediately and contact your 2023 202
_d _d _d
dodealer for help.
Sany do do
gui gui gui
For specified tightening torque, see the "Tight-
ening Torque Table".

5-26 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
3- and rear axle oil level -
5.9.4.42Front
0 0 23- 02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
inspect
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu Check the oil level in the front and rear
gu axle gui
every 250 hours or on monthly basis.

NOTE：
When inspecting the oil level in the front and
rear axle, draining and adding oil, be careful
of oil splash once the plugs are removed.

Park the machine on hard and level ground.

Wipe off the oil ports before inspection. Move
26 so that the arrow on the
the machine1-slowly 1 -26 1- 26
- 0 - 0 3-0
023 of either one of the differentials is 2023Fig.5-7
end cover
2 202
d d _d
d o_ downward.
facing o_
d do
gui guimarks
Since there is little chance that the level gui
on the front and the rear drive axle will be ver-
tical at the same, the front and the rear axle
oil level shall be inspected separately.
Place the transmission control to the neutral
position. Engage the parking brake to prevent
the machine from moving.
Remove the drain plug and inspect oil level.
Oil level in the26wheel rim shall be flush with
0 1 - 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 2 -
the plug 3hole. Oil level in the differential shall
0
-
23Fig.5-8 02 3-0
2
d with the plug hole in the middle. d 2 2
_d
be flush
_ o_
i do d do
u
g (A): Drain port gui gui
(B): Level port and fill port

5.9.4.5 Service brake - inspect

The service brake system is a hydraulic type.

This system share a hydraulic tank with the
hydraulic transmission and the steering
system.
6 6 26
1-2
For more information
0 on hydraulic oil level in-
0 1-2 1-
-
023and change, see "Every 10 service 2023
spection
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_ and "Every 2000 service hours". o_ _d
do
hours"
d d
gui gui gui
Release the pressure in the braking system
before opening the system or before checking

- 5-27
 Maintenance

26
1- joints for leakage. Pres- 26 26
the connectors0and
3 - 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 is achieved by applying the d 202
sure releasing
d 202
_ _ _d
do brake repeatedly for 30 to 40 times
service
i i do do
u
gafter engine shutdown. g u gui

WARNING
• High pressure fluid.
• Residual pressure in the braking system
may cause highly pressurized oil to squirt
out, even after the engine has been shut
off for a while, and result in severe person-
al injury.
26 26 26
• 01- pressure before any re-
Release internal
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 is performed on the braking
pair work 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
system.

Discarded accumulator shall be depressur-

ized and disposed of properly in the
workshop.

The accumulator may explode when heated.

5.9.4.6 Service brake disc - inspect

Check the thickness of the brake disc and the

-26 26 26
condition of the brake liner. If the liner has
0 1 1- 1-
0 23-
been completely worn, replace the liner in an
023-0 02 3-0
2
d service shop. 2 2
_d _d
authorized
_
i do do do
u
g(A): Service brake gui gui
(B) Parking brake and emergency brake

Fig.5-9

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-28 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
0 3
-
5.9.4.72Parking brake - inspect
023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
guido WARNING gui
do
gui
do
• Crushing hazard.
• Unexpected machine movement may
cause serious injury.
• Keep the area around the machine clear of
personnel.

After repair work, check the function of the

brake as followed.

1
Start the machine
0 -26 and move the transmission 0 1 -26 1- 26
-
023forward 3rd gear. Check the parking 2023
control to -
02 3-0
2 2
_d
brake. _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
Check if any alert information is displayed on gui
the monitor.

If alert information is display on the front panel

if the machine does not hold under F3 gear,
contact sany work shop.

5.9.4.8 Parking brake disc wear -

inspect

-26 of the brake disc and the

Check the thickness
0 1 0 1 -26 1- 26
-
023 of the brake liner. If the liner has 2023
condition -
02 3-0
d 2 d 2
o_ completely worn, replace the lineridino_an
been _d
i d do
gu authorized service shop. gu gui

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-29
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

3- element - inspect /
5.9.4.9 Air2filter
0 0 23- 02 3-0
clean d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
u
gNOTE： gu gui
• Dust may enter the engine when the filter el-
ement is checked or replaced with the en-
gine running. To protect the engine, shut it
down before conducting this job.
• The sealing rubber of the end cap must be
held tightly against the filter.
• Never remove the secondary filter element
for cleaning. Dust 6may enter and cause en-
-2 1- 26 1-26
gine damage.-01
23 3-0 3-0
• 0
d 2the secondary element and the pri- d 202 202
_d
Replace
_ _ Fig.5-10
i do element at the same time. do do
gui gui
mary
u
g
• Wear goggles, masks or other protection
when using compressed air.
• Do not try to draw the primary filter element
out by force. Reactive force may cause you
to fall.

Cleaning:

Clean the air filter element every 250 service

hours or by a visual6inspection of the air filter
0 1 -2 If the yellow piston in the 0 1 -26 1-26
service indicator- (1).
023 indicator (1) rises to the red 2023
-
02 3-0
2
air filter service
d d 2
o_clean or replace the air filter element. o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
zone,
u
gFor u
more information on the cleaning gand
servicing of the air filter, see "Every 1000 serv-
ice hours".

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-30 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
5.9.4.10
0
-
23Engine oil and filter element -
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
change
o
/ replace
o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
CAUTION
• When the engine has just been stopped,
the parts and oil are still hot and can cause
serious burns . Wait for them to cool down
before you proceed.

Special tools: filter spanner

1. Remove the drain plug.

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
023
2. Remove - the oil filter (1) with the filter 3-0
02 Fig.5-11 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_
spanner.
o _d _d
i d uid do
gu g
3. Clean the mounting base o f the filter. Add
Fig.5-12 gui
clean oil into the new oil filter. Coat the mount-
ing surface o f the new filter and the thread
with engine oil (or a thin coat of grease) . In-
stall the new filter on to the mounting seat.

4. Install the filter by hand . When the sea l

surface of the filter contacts the mounting
base, tighten the6 filter by an additional 3/4 to 1
1-2 1- 26 1- 26
turn. 3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 2 02 202
o_After installation of the new filter, addoen- _d _d
uid
5.
uid do
g gine oil through the filler opening untilg oil level gui
is between the H and L marks on the dipstick.

6. Run the engine at low idle for several mi-

nutes and s top the engine. Check oil level
once again. Make sure oil level is between the
L and H marks on the dipstick.

NOTE：
Fig.5-13
- 2 6 -26 26
1-
The O-ring may get s tuck on the filter sea t.
0 1 0 1
2 - old O-ring completely be fore in- 2023-
Remove 3the
0 02 3-0
2
d the new oil filter. d 2
stalling
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui

- 5-31
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

5.9.4.11 Fan
0 23-belt tension - inspect/ 0 23- 02 3-0
adjustd 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
CAUTION
• Stop the engine before inspecting or ad-
justing fan belt tension.
• Over-tightened fan belt may cause dam-
age to the belt itself or to the bearings.

Inspection

1. Press the middle section of the belt be-

26
1- pulley and the alternator
tween the fan-0belt 1- 26 1-26
0 23 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 with a force of about 98N {10kgf}
belt pulley
_d
2
_d
2
o_ do do
uid your finger.
with
g gui gui
2. Measure the deflection (A). Standard value
of size A shall be 7~10mm {0.28~0.30in}.

Fig.5-14

Adjustment

26 bolt [1] and adjusting

1. Loosen the mounting
1- 1- 26 1-26
nut [2].
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do the adjusting bolt [3] and adjust the
ido do
gui gui
2. Loosen
gu
belt tension of the alternator as specified.
Then, tighten the mounting bolt [1] and the ad-
justing nut [2].

3. Start and run the engine at low idle for

about 5 minutes. Stop the engine and check
Fig.5-15
belt tension once again.

The second check6 is especially necessary

0 1 -2installed. Belt tension may 0 1 -26 1-26
-
when a new belt is
023 a new belt seats into the belt 2023
-
02 3-0
2
change when 2
_d _d _d
ido
pulley.
gu idogu gui
do

5-32 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
5.9.4.12
0
- clamps of hydraulic sys-
23Pipe 0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
tem
o _d - check o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu • Check the hydraulic system for missing,
gu de- gui
formed pipe clamps and loose bolts. Re-
place missing or deformed pipe clamps if
any. Tighten loosened bolts to specified
torques.
• Check if the hoops of the return oil hose
and the T-clamp of the main pump suction
hose are loose. Replace these hoops and
6 them to specified torques
clamps or tighten
26 26
0 1-2 1- 1-
023
-
if necessary.
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ Every 500 service hours _d _d
i d5.9.5 do do
gu gui gui
5.9.5.1 Every 500 service hours

The 10 hour, 50 hour, 100 hour and 250 hour

maintenance shall also be performed in the
meantime.

5.9.5.2 Primary fuel filter element -

replace

1-26 CAUTION 1-26 1- 26

3-0
2 replace the filter immediately after 202
• Do20not 3-0 02 3-0
d d 2
o_the engine is shut off, as all parts are _ _d
d dostill do
gui hot. Wait for the parts to cool down
u i
g before gui
you proceed.
• High pressure is generated in the fuel sys-
tem when the engine is running.
• Wait at least 30 seconds after engine shut-
down and replace the filter when internal
pressure drops to a safe level.
• Be away from fire sources.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-33
 Maintenance

1-26 1- 26 1-26
NOTE：
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
• _d dirt from entering the fuel system
Prevent _d _d
ido inspection and service. In case ofgany
guduring uid
o
gui
do
parts contaminated by dust, flush them clean
with machine oil.
• Prepare a container to collect the fuel
drained.
• Prepare a filter spanner.

-2 6 Fig.5-16
26 26
-01 1- 1-
3 3-0 3-0
202machine hood.
1. Open the 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido a container under the primary fuel
g2.uPlace ido
gufil- gui
do
ter to collect the fuel drained.

3. Loosen the drain valve [5], drain all water

and sediment from the transparent cover [4],
and remove the fuel accumulated in the filter
element [3].

4. Turn the transparent cover [4] counterclock-

2 6 6 26
wise with a filter1-spanner to remove it. This 1-2
Fig.5-17 1-
3-0
02 used repeatedly.
cover can2be 023-0 02 3-0
2 2
_d _d _d
ido
g5.uRemove ido
gufil-
the old filter element. Clean the gui
do
ter seat and replace the old filter element with
a new one.

6. Replace the gasket [3] and install the trans-

parent cover [4] onto the filter seat [1].

7. The sealing surface is to be oiled for instal-

lation. The sealing surface shall be in close
6
2 the filter element before
contact with that1-of 26 26
1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 it by 1/4-1/2 turn.
further tightening 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido
g8.uCheck gui
do
that the drain valve [5] is securely gui
do
tightened.

5-34 -
 Maintenance

26
- after replacement of the filter
9. Bleed the01air 1-26 1- 26
23- 023-0 02 3-0
20 [2].
element 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui gu and
10.After replacing the filter element, start gui
run the engine at low idle for 10 minutes.
Check the filter-sealing surfaces and the
transparent cover for fuel leakage. Check the
tightening degree of the filter element when
fuel leaks.
If the fuel still leaks, repeat the steps 1-7. Re-
move the filter element and replace it with a
new filter element if any damage or foreign
object is found-2on 6 the sealing surface. 26 26
1 1- 1-
0 2 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
d2
NOTE：
_d
2
_d
2
i o_
dOvertightened do do
gui gui
transparent cover will damage
g u
the O-ring and cause oil leakage. Insufficient
tightening will allow oil to leak from the clear-
ance of O-ring. To avoid such problems, the
transparent cover must be tightened to specif-
ic torque.

5.9.5.3 Secondary fuel filter element -

replace

1- 26 CAUTION 1-26 1- 26
3-0
2 replace the filter immediately after 202
• Do20not 3-0 02 3-0
d d 2
o_the engine is shut off, as all parts are _ _d
do do
still
d
gui hot. Wait for the parts to cool down u i
g before gui
you proceed.
• High pressure is generated in the fuel sys-
tem when the engine is running.
• Wait at least 30 seconds after engine shut-
down and replace the filter when internal
pressure drops to a safe level.
• Be away from fire sources.

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-35
 Maintenance

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
NOTE：
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
• _d dirt from entering the fuel system
Prevent _d _d
ido inspection and service. In case ofgany
guduring uid
o
gui
do
parts contaminated by dust, flush them clean
with machine oil.
• Prepare a container to hold the fuel drained.
• Prepare a filter element spanner.

1. Open the engine hood.

2. Place a container under the filter element.

-26 the filter cartridge [1] 26 26

Fig.5-18
3. Turn counterclockwise
-01 1- 1-
023element spanner to remove it.
with the filter 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido the filter element seat. Apply a film
g4.uClean
do
guiof gui
do
oil to the surface of the new filter cartridge be-
fore mounting it to the filter element seat.

NOTE：
• Do not fill the new filter cartridge with fuel.
• Remove the cover [B] and install the
cartridge.

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig.5-19

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-36 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 1- 26 1- 26
5. Replace
0 23- the internal seal [2] with a new
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
one.
o_ _d _d
gu i d
gu car-ido gui
do
6. During installation, tighten the filter
tridge until its sealing surface contacts that of
the filter seat. Then, tighten it further by 3/4
turn.

1. If the filter cartridge is over-tightened, the

seals may be broken and oil leakage could re-
sult. If the cartridge is too loose, fuel will leak
from the sealing location. Therefore, the filter el-
6
-2tightened 6
Fig.5-20
2 26
ement must01 1- 1-
3-0 3-0
be to a suitable torque.
2 0 23- 02 02
7.
_ dBleed the air after filter d2
element
_d
2
o o_ do
guidreplacement. gui
d
gui
Air bleeding procedure:

8. Fill the fuel tank till the float reaches its

maximum level.

9. Loosen the plug [3] of the fuel filter.

10. Turn the priming pump counterclockwise

to for pumping operation. Stroke the pump for
200 to 300 times until resistance is felt in the
1 26
-another 1 -26 1- 26
pump. Make
- 0 20 strokes. Push the
- 0 3-0
023 and turn it clockwise to lock it. 2023
pump2handle 202
_d
o When no foams are observed in the _d _d
d11. do do
gui gui fuel Fig.5-21 gui
leaking from the plug [3] of the fuel filter, tight-
en the plug.

Tightening torque : 9.8 ± 2.0 N·m {1.0

±0.2kgf·m}

12. When air has been purged, clean the

spilled fuel. Start and run the engine at low
idle for 10 minutes.
6
Check for fuel-2leakage -26 26
0 1 on the sealing surface
0 1 1-
-
023 cartridge. If fuel leaks, check if the 2023
of the filter -
02 3-0
2 2
_d
cartridge is well tightened. _d _d
do ido do
gui g u
If fuel leakage does not stop, repeat steps 1 gui
through 3 to remove the filter cartridge. If

- 5-37
 Maintenance

26 26 26
damage or foreign
3 - 01- objects are found on the 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 the cartridge with a new one d 202
sealing surface,
d 202
o_ steps 4 through 11 to install it. o_ _d
and follow
d d do
gui gui gui
5.9.5.4 Radiator and oil cooler fins - in-
spect/clean

CAUTION
• Wear goggles, dust-proof mask or other
protection when handling compressed air,
water or steam.

2 6 26 26
• 01- air is used for cleaning,
When compressed
-
3 certain distance to avoid dam- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
02at
use the 2air 02 02
_ dthe radiator fins. _ d2 _d
2
g u ido
aging
g u ido gui
do
• The fins shall be inspected on a daily basis
despite of the service schedule when the
machine is working on a dusty place.

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1-26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-38 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3
1. Open2the - engine hood.
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_Inspect the radiator. If mud, dust or leaves
o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
2.
gu gu
are found on these components, clean them
with compressed air or water in the opposite
direction of air flow.

NOTE：
When high pressure water is used for flush-
ing, lower the pressure of the spray gun and
keep the gun about 30cm away from the radi-
ator fins. When6the spry gun is too close to
-26 26
2 Fig.5-22
0 1 - 0 1 1-
- - 3-0
the radiator, the fins may deform, resulting in
2 023 plugging and cracking of the 2023
premature 202
d _d _d
o_
dradiator. do do
gui gui gui
3. Inspect the hoses. Replace the hoses in
case of cracking or aging. Check for loose
hose clamps.

4. Clean the engine hood and shut the engine

hood after cleaning.

1-26 -26
Fig.5-23
1 1- 26
3-0 3-0 3-0
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do do do
5.9.5.5 Transmission oil level - inspect
g u i g u i gui
Check the transmission oil level at operating
temperature every 500 service hours

Park the machine on level ground. Place the

transmission control to the neutral position
and engage the parking brake.

Check the oil level in the transmission box at

operating temperature (5 minutes after engine

26 -26 26
startup) while the engine is running. The oil
0 1 - 0 1 1-
3-0
level shall -be
3-
between the FULL mark and the
023 on the dipstick.
ADD 2mark 202 202
o _d _d _d
d(A): do do
gui Oil filler pipe gui Fig.5-24 gui
(B): Dipstick

- 5-39
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
023
5.9.5.6 Breather - valve - service
023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d CAUTION do do
gu gui gui
• When the engine has just been stopped,
the parts and oil are still hot and can cause
serious burns. Wait for them to cool down
before you proceed.

1. Clean the top of the hydraulic tank and re-

move the contaminants around the breather
valve.
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26
Disassemble -
023the valve in a place that is free 2Fig.5-25
023
-
02 3-0
2
d sources and dust. d 2
o_
from fire
o_ _d
i d i d do
g2.uRemove the butterfly nut [1] on the breather
gu gui
valve and press the vent valve to release in-
ternal pressure.

3. Remove lock nut [2], cover [3] and take off

the filter element [4].

4. Clean the filter element with a brush if ex-

cessive dirt is found around the filter element.
6 26 26
Then flush 1-2 element
the using Tonson 1- 1-
detergent. 02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido the filter element after it is cleaned.guido
g5.uDry gui
do
6. Install the filter element.

NOTE：
• When assembling the hexagonal nut [2],
tighten it to the specific torque (10-14 N·m).
• Replace the breather valve filter element if it
has serviced for 1500 hours or if it has been
cleaned for more than 6 times. Replace the
6
-2 the filter element [4 ] is 26 26
breather valve 1when 1- 1-
worn out.02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-40 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
5.9.6 Every - 1000 service hours
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Every 1000 service hours ido_ _d
i d do
gui
5.9.6.1
gu gu
The 10 hour, 50 hour, 100 hour, 250 hour and
500 hour maintenance shall also be per-
formed in the meantime.

5.9.6.2 Air filter element - inspect /

clean / replace

NOTE：
• Dust may enter the engine when the filter el-
1-
ement is 0checked
26 1-26 1- 26
3-0 3-0
or replaced with the en-
2 3-
gine20running. To protect the engine, shut it 202 02
2
_d _d _d
dodown before conducting this job. uid
o do
g•ui g
The sealing rubber of the end cap must be gui
held tightly against the filter.
• Never remove the secondary filter element
for cleaning. Dust may enter and cause en-
gine damage.
• Replace the secondary element and the pri-
mary element at the same time.
• Wear goggles, masks or other protection
6
when using compressed
-2
air.
26 26
1 draw the primary filter element
-0to 1- 1-
• Do not try
0 23 0 23-0 02 3-0
d 2by force. Reactive force may cause youd 2
out
_ _d
2
i doto fall. d o_ do
g u gui gui
Primary filter element - Clean and replace
• Clean: Every 250 service hours or when the
air cleaner clogging alarm appears.
• Replace: Every 1000 service hours or when
it has been cleaned for 5 times, whichever
occurs first.

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-41
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

0 3
-
1. Open the2engine hood and loosen the clip
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ [1] before removing the cover [2]. ido_
or clasp _d
i d do
gu gu gui
2. Hold the primary filter element [3], shake it
slightly and turn it in both directions in order to
pull it out.

3. Check the secondary filter element [4] to

see if it displaces or tilts. Push it back to posi-
tion in case of displacement or tilting.

26
4. Cover the secondary element [4] with a
-
Fig.5-26
1- 26 1-26
-01
23 cloth to avoid entering of dirt. 3-0 3-0
02 02
piece of clean
2 0 2 2
_d _d _d
do the cover and clear the dust inside
ido do
gui gui
5. Clean
gu
the housing [5].

6. Blow the primary filter element with com-

pressed air (less than 0.2MPa) along the in-
side and outside pleats.

7. Use a light to illuminate the filter element.

Replace the filter element in case of holes or
6 in the filter material.
reduced thickness 2found
-
Fig.5-27 26 26
-01 1- 1-
02 3 023-0 02 3-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-42 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
NOTE：
023
-
023
-
02 3-0
2
d not tap the air filter element with any ob- d 2 2
• Do
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu ject when cleaning it. gu gui
• Do not use air filter elements with damaged
pleats, gaskets or seals.
• Using a filter element that has been used for
more than a year or an O-ring that has been
cleaned could result failure. Never use them
again.

Fig.5-28

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Fig.5-29
6 26 26
1-2 1- 1-
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1- 26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-43
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

Replacement
023
- the secondary element
of
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the primary filter element [3] and o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1. Remove
gu gu
then the secondary filter element [4].

2. Cover both ends of the elements with a

piece of clean cloth to prevent dust form en-
tering the filter element.

3. Clean the inside of the air cleaner body and

then remove the covering cloth.

2 6
4. Place the new1-secondary
Fig.5-30
26 26
filter element [4] 1- 1-
3-0 3-0 3-0
202
onto the connecting side. 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido the primary filter element [3].
g5.uInstall gui
do
gui
do

Push the filter element straight forward into

the air cleaner housing. You can hold and
shake it slightly to make the task easier.

6. Install the cover [2]. Make sure the arrow

mark points upward. Lock the clip (or clasp)
[1]. Check the gap between the housing and Fig.5-31
26 the cover if the gap is
the cover. Reinstall
1- 1- 26 1-26
excessive.
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid uid do
gui
NOTE：
g g
• Never use the secondary filter element after
cleaning it. Replace the secondary element
when the primary element is replaced.
• When the primary element and the cover
have been installed, improper installation of
the secondary filter element could damage
the primary element.
• Fake parts will allow dirt to pass through and
26 due to insufficient preci-
damage the engine 26 26
01- area. Therefore, fake
sion in the3-sealing 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202 not be used under any d 202
parts d shall 202
_ _ _d
i do i do do
g u
circumstances.
g u gui

5-44 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3-
5.9.6.32Engine exhaust pipe clamps -
0 23- 02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
check
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu Consult your Sany dealer to check thegufasten- gui
ing conditions of the air cleaner - turbocharger
- post cooler - engine clamps.

5.9.6.4 Oil in axles - change

Axle oil should be changed every 1,000 hours.

Initial change of axle oil must be carried out in
maintenance after 100 service hours.

26
Draining axle1-oil. 1- 26 1- 26
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d WARNING _d _d
do do do
gui • Burns hazard. gui gui
• Hot oil can cause serious burns of exposed
skin.
• Always wear protective gloves, goggles
and protective clothes when handling hot
oil.

NOTE： Fig.5-32
Always drain the hubs when draining the
0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
3-0
axles.
- 3-
023from point (A) of axle.
Drain2oil 202 202
o _d _d _d
dFilters, oil and liquid are to be disposedidino an do
gui environment-friendly manner.
gu gui
(A): Drain port

(B): Level port and fill port

Refilling axle oil

Oil capacity of front/rear axle: 26.2 L (6.9 US

gallons) (including differential housing assem- Fig.5-33
bly and hub)
26
1- oil see "Recommended Fuel, 26 26
For grade-0of
3 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
202and Lubricant" on page 5-12.
Coolant 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-45
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
5.9.6.5 Gearbox - filter -replace
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_of gearbox should be replaced every o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Filter
u
g1,000 gu
hours.
• Place oil pan under oil filter. Remove oil fil-
ter with a filter wrench.
• Install a new filter. Apply fresh oil to filter
seal. Tighten the filter according to instruc-
tion on the filter.

Dispose used filters, oil and working liquid in

an environment-friendly manner.

1- 26 -26 1-26
3-0 -01
Fig.5-34
3 3-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_ do
uid Changing gearbox oil and clean-
g5.9.6.6 gui
d
gui
ing filter screen

Changing gearbox oil

WARNING
• Burns hazard.
• Hot oil can cause serious burns of exposed
skin.
• 6
Always wear protective gloves, goggles
26 26
-2 1- 1-
-01 clothes when handling hot
and protective
3 3-0 3-0
02 02 02
oil. d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig.5-35

Drain oil through port (C). Clean the filter

screen.

Add lubricant oil via pipe (A).

Amount of oil to be changed: around 65 L

(17.2 US gallons)
-26
01 type see "Recommended 1- 26 1-26
For oil brand -and
3 3-0 3-0
202 and Lubricant" on page 5-12.
Fuel, Coolant 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gDispose gui
used filter, oil and liquid in an envi- gui
ronment- friendly manner.
Fig.5-36

5-46 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
3- suction/return filter element 023-
5.9.6.72Oil
0 02 3-0
d 2 d2 2
- replace
_ _ _d
do do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
• When the engine has just been stopped,
the parts and oil are still hot and can cause
serious burns. Wait for them to cool down
before you proceed.

1. Park the machine on a hard and level

ground. Place the
6 bucket horizontally and stop
0 1 -2 0 1 -26 1- 26
the engine.
023
-
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_Remove the butterfly nut [1] of the breather
o_ _d
i d2.
i d Fig.5-37 do
gu valve on top of the hydraulic tank. Press
gu the gui
air release button to release internal pressure
of hydraulic tank.

3. Loosen bolt [3] on filter cap.

4. Remove the whole filter element [4].

NOTE：
Check the top 2of
0 1 - 6 hydraulic tank and clean up 0 1 -26 1- 26
23- if any. Be careful not to let con- 2023-
contaminants
0 02 3-0
2 2
_d d _d
taminants get into the hydraulic tank.
i d o i d o_ do
gui
Fig.5-38
gu 1. Install a new filter element. gu
2. Install the cap [2] to its position. Hold down
the cap and tighten the bolts.

3. In order to bleed internal air, start and run

the engine at low idle for 10 minutes.

4. Stop the engine.

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-47
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

5.9.6.8 Pilot
0 23-filter and brake filter - 0 23- 02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
replace
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
u
gPilot gu
filter and brake filter should be replaced gui
every 1,000 hours.

Pilot filter and brake filter are mounted on the

left and right sides of rear frame respectively.

1. Park the machine on a level ground. Lower

the bucket on ground. Engage the parking
brake and stop the engine.
6 26 26
1-2 device.
2. Install bogie locking 1- 1-
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2out the bolts in bottom of oil filter and
3. Screw d 2Fig.5-39
_d
2
o_ do
_
do
uid the oil from oil filter with a container.
ghold gui gui
4. Remove pilot filter and brake filter from
mounting seat. Take out filter element from
the housing. Clean the mounting seat of oil
filter.

5. Screw on the bolts and washers to oil filter

and replace the filter element with a new one.

6 seat with hand. Tighten

6. Install oil filter to-2its 26 26
1 1- 1-
3-0
021/2-3/4 turn when O-ring of filter
it further by 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
just ocomes into contact with the mountingo _d _d
uid d do
gseat. gui gui

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-48 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
0 3-
5.9.6.92Nitrogen pressure in accumula-
0 23- 02 3-0
2
tord- check d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu WARNING g
u gui
• Accumulator contains high pressure nitro-
gen and inappropriate operation can cause
explosion, machine damage or personal
injury. The following items should be ob-
served when you handle the accumulator.
• Residual pressure exists in hydraulic lines.
When a hydraulic component is to be re-
-26 stand in direction that oil
moved, never
01-
26 1- 26
-01
could23possibly squirt out. In addition, the 23- 3-0
0 0 02
_ d 2 are to be loosened slowly.
bolts _ d2 _d
2
do do do
gui • Never remove the accumulator. gui gui
• Be away from fire source.
• Never drill or weld the accumulator.
• Never strike or roll the accumulator or
make it expose to any impact.
• Completely discharge the gas before you
handle the accumulator.

NOTE：
6 6 26
When nitrogen
0 1-2pressure in accumulator is low 0 1-2 1-
under 0 23 -
continuous operation, residual pressure 023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
do do do
in hydraulic circuits cannot be released once
gui the machine has a failure. gui gui
Function of accumulator

Accumulator collects pressure in hydraulic

lines. Even if the engine is turned off, the oil
control circuits can be used to accomplish the
following operations:
• Lower the work equipment by maneuvering
the control lever. Work equipment will fall
6
due to dead-2weight. 26 26
3
• Park0the - 1
0machine 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
2 through braking.
202 02
d2
•o_Release the pressure in hydraulic lines. _d _d
2
d do do
gui gui gui

- 5-49
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 1- 26 1-26
- service hours
5.9.7 Every232000
0 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 2 2
o_ Every 2000 service hours _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
5.9.7.1
gu
Maintenance for everyday , 50 , 100 , 250 ,
500 and 1000 service hours shall also be
performed

5.9.7.2 Changing engine coolant and

cleaning interior of cooling system

WARNING
• 26has just been turned off,
When the engine
- 26 26
-01 is still hot and it is possi-
coolant in23radiator 3 - 01- 3-0
1-
0 02 02
d 2cause burns if you remove radiator _d 2
ble_to _d
2
do ido do
guicap to discharge coolant. Before yougure- gui
move the cap, wait until the temperature is
low enough. Slowly turn the cap to release
internal pressure.
• Coolant is flammable and it should be
away from fire source.
• Be careful not to let coolant splash onto
Fig.5-40
your body. If coolant gets into your eyes,
flush with plenty of clean water and seek
-26 immediately.
for medical treatment
1 1- 26 1-26
• 3-0
2 coolant into sewage or onto 3-0 3-0
202 02
Never dump
d 20 d 2
o_ Please contact your Sany distribu-o_
ground. _d
d d do
guitor when you are going to change coolant.
gui gui
Using coolant other than the specified
change interval can lead to plugging of
cooling system and damage of engine.
Change the coolant at specified interval.

Refilling

1- 26 1- 26 1-26
02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-50 -
 Maintenance

26 26 26
Never dump
3 - 01- coolant into sewage or onto 3-01- 3-0
1-
202Please contact your Sany distributord 202
ground.
d 202
o_ you are going to change coolant. iUsing _ _d
i dwhen do do
u
g coolant other than the specified change u
g inter- gui
val can lead to plugging of cooling system and
damage of engine. Change the coolant at
specified interval. If premixed coolant is used,
do not mix it with other premixed coolant, as
which could possibly damage the engine.

Draining point

1. Switch off the engine and let it cool down.

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1- 26
023
2. Remove - the cap on expansion tank.
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_Coolant draining point is on radiator iwithin
o_ _d
i d d do
gui
3.
gu gu
the housing.

4. Put the hose in a suitable container.

5. Open the tap.

6. Restore the drain point.

Injecting coolant through expansion tank

1. Add coolant26to the top mark of expansion 26 26

1- 1- 1-
tank.
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dNOTE： do do
gui gui gui
The coolant system is operating under high
pressure. Make sure the seals are intact and
properly tightened.

2. Run the engine until it warms up. Circulate

coolant until all air in cooling system has been
eliminated.

-26 engine and then leave it to

3. Warm up the
1 1- 26 1- 26
3-0
02 Check coolant level.
cool down. 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-51
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

0 23-
Never add coolant when the engine is still hot,
0 23- 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d
otherwise cause cracking in en- d
_d
which may
o _
i d body and cylinder head. i do do
gui
gine
g u g u
Coolant not changed can cause blocking and
engine damage. Clean the radiator regularly
to ensure cooling effect of the engine. In oper-
ation under dusty conditions, check the radia-
tor each day.

5.9.7.3 Alternator - check

Contact your Sany distributor to check the

alternator. -26 1 1- 26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 is started frequently, check the d 202
If the engine
d 202
_ _ _d
ido every 1,000 hours.
alternator
gu ido gu gui
do
5.9.7.4 Engine valve clearance - check/
adjust

Special tools are required for such inspection

and maintenance. Contact your Sany distribu-
tor to do this job.

5.9.8 Every 4000 service hours

-26 service hours

5.9.8.1 Every 4000
1 1- 26 1-26
0 23-0 0 2 3-0 02 3-0
d 2 for every day, 50, 100, 250, 500, _d 2
Maintenance
_ _d
2
o ido do
uid and 2000 service hours shall alsogube
1000
gperformed. gui

5.9.8.2 Oil in hydraulic tank - change

CAUTION
• When the engine has just been stopped,
the parts and oil are still hot and can cause
serious burns. Wait for them to cool down
before you proceed.
26 26 26
• 01-removing the cap of oil suc-
When you are
3- 3-0
1-
3-0
1-
202 press the air release button of
tion port, 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do
breather ido
valve to release internal pressure. do
gui gu gui
• Capacity of hydraulic tank: around 220 L
(58.1 US gallons)
5-52 -
 Maintenance

- 26 1-26 1- 26
• -01 and type of hydraulic oil see
For brand
3 3-0 3-0
202
"Recommended Fuel, Coolant and Lubri- 202 202
_d _d _d
do cant" on page 5-12. do do
gui gui gui
Draining
• Place an empty barrel on the left side of ma-
chine beside the cab steps. Connect the
hose provided in tool box and add to it with
hose extension (3.5 m, 3/4").
• Put one end of the hose into the barrel and
connect the hose on drain connector to bot-
tom of hydraulic tank. Discharge hydraulic
oil. 1-26 1-26 1- 26
• Remove 3-0
02 the hose on hydraulic oil drain 023-0 02 3-0
d 2 and replace the cap.
_point _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
Oil leakage must be disposed in an environ-
ment-friendly manner.

Refilling

1. Screw off the bolts of breather valve to re-

move the breather valve.

6 oil via the port of breather

2. Refill hydraulic
2 26 26
1- 1- 1-
valve.
023-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o Oil _d _d _d
gui
d3. ido H
level should be between the marks
gu gui
do
and L of oil gauge.

4. Check and make sure there is no leak.

5.9.8.3 Water pump - inspect

Check the water pump for water leakage or oil

leakage. In case of any problem, contact your
Sany dealer for disassembly, repair or
replacement. 6
1-2 1-26 1- 26
3-0
02Start motor - check
5.9.8.4 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
o _d o_d _d
dConsult uidstart do
gui your Sany dealer to check gthe gui
motor. Check it every 1000 service hours if
the engine is started frequently.

- 5-53
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 0 1 -26 1-26

023
-
5.9.8.5 Accumulator - replace
023
-
02 3-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the accumulator every two years ior o_ _d
i d d do
gui
Replace
u
g4000 u
service hours, whichever occurs gfirst.
When operation continues when performance
of accumulator drops, pressure in hydraulic
lines will not be released once the machine
has a failure. Contact your Sany distributor to
replace the accumulator.

WARNING
• The accumulator contains pressurized ni-
26
- explode due to improp- 1-26 1-26
01may
trogen, which
3- 3-0 3-0
202 and result in machine damage
er operation 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do personal injury.
and do do
g•uiBe away from fire sources. gui gui
• Do not strike or roll the accumulator. Keep
it free from any impacts.
• Vent the air completely when handling the
accumulator. Consult your Sany dealer to
do this job.

5.9.8.6 High-pressure tube clamps and

rubber - check 6
1-2 1-26 1-26
3-0 3-0 3-0
202 visual inspection and feel, for d 202
Check, through
d 202
any o _ bolts on the five mounting clampso_ _d
do
loose
i d d
u
gof high-pressure pipe between the supply gui gui
pump and the spray nozzle. Contact your
Sany dealer to replace the parts in trouble.

5.9.8.7 Compressor working condition

- inspect

The following two items are to be inspected:

1. Whether the compressor and the magnetic

6 26 26
1-2 on/off when switching on/
clutch are switched 1- 1-
02 3-0
off the air2conditioner. 023-0 02 3-0
2 2
_d _d _d
ido
g2.uWhether gui
the clutch or compressor produces
do
gui
do
abnormal noise.

5-54 -
 Maintenance

0 1 -26 1-26 1- 26
In case2
0 3of- any problem,
contact your Sany 2
0 3-0 02 3-0
2
d for disassembly, repair or replacement d2 2
dealer
o _ o _ _d
uidof the parts. uid do
g g gui
5.9.9 Every 8000 service hours

5.9.9.1 Every 8000 service hours

Maintenance for every 10, 50, 100, 250, 500,

1000, 2000 and 4000 service hours shall also
be performed.

5.9.9.2 High-pressure tube clamps -

6 26 26
replace 01-2 1- 1-
023
- 3-0 3-0
d 2 d 202 202
o_
Contact your Sany dealer to replace the _
high- _d
i dpressure i do do
g u tube clamps of the engine. g u gui
5.9.10 Every 10000 service hours

Contact your Sany dealer if service hours of

the machine reaches 10, 000 hours or overall
maintenance.

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 26 1-26 1- 26
023-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 5-55
 Maintenance

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

5-56 -
 Maintenance

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do www.sanygroup.com uido do
gui g gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1- 26
02 3-0 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Shanghai SANY Heavy

Machinery Co., Ltd.
SANY Industrial Park, No. 1831, Xinyang Highway, Fengxian District,
Shanghai

0 1 -26 code: 201413

Post 1-26 1- 26
02 3- Service hotline: (86) 4006 098 318 02 3-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn o_d _d
do d do
gui gui gui

- 1
 Maintenance

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-26 1-26 1-26

02 3-0 023-0 02 3-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

2 -